diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'doc')
87 files changed, 5897 insertions, 885 deletions
diff --git a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml index ee65bbc07e..0216d2ba35 100644 --- a/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml +++ b/doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml @@ -10,6 +10,1147 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="abs"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="absf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the absolute value of float parameter [code]x[/code] (i.e. positive value). + [codeblock] + # a is 1.2 + a = absf(-1.2) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="absi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the absolute value of int parameter [code]x[/code] (i.e. positive value). + [codeblock] + # a is 1 + a = absi(-1) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="acos"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the arc cosine of [code]x[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of cosine [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + # c is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(c) + c = acos(0.866025) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="asin"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the arc sine of [code]x[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of sine [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + # s is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(s) + s = asin(0.5) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="atan"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the arc tangent of [code]x[/code] in radians. Use it to get the angle from an angle's tangent in trigonometry: [code]atan(tan(angle)) == angle[/code]. + The method cannot know in which quadrant the angle should fall. See [method atan2] if you have both [code]y[/code] and [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + a = atan(0.5) # a is 0.463648 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="atan2"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="y" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the arc tangent of [code]y/x[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of tangent [code]y/x[/code]. To compute the value, the method takes into account the sign of both arguments in order to determine the quadrant. + Important note: The Y coordinate comes first, by convention. + [codeblock] + a = atan2(0, -1) # a is 3.141593 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="bytes2var"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bytes" type="PackedByteArray"> + </argument> + <description> + Decodes a byte array back to a [Variant] value, without decoding objects. + [b]Note:[/b] If you need object deserialization, see [method bytes2var_with_objects]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="bytes2var_with_objects"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="bytes" type="PackedByteArray"> + </argument> + <description> + Decodes a byte array back to a [Variant] value. Decoding objects is allowed. + [b]WARNING:[/b] Deserialized object can contain code which gets executed. Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to avoid potential security threats (remote code execution). + </description> + </method> + <method name="cartesian2polar"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="y" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a 2D point expressed in the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis) to the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin and an angle). + </description> + </method> + <method name="ceil"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Rounds [code]x[/code] upward (towards positive infinity), returning the smallest whole number that is not less than [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + i = ceil(1.45) # i is 2 + i = ceil(1.001) # i is 2 + [/codeblock] + See also [method floor], [method round], and [method stepify]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clamp"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="clampf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Clamps the float [code]value[/code] and returns a value not less than [code]min[/code] and not more than [code]max[/code]. + [codeblock] + speed = 42.1 + # a is 20.0 + a = clampf(speed, 1.0, 20.0) + + speed = -10.0 + # a is -1.0 + a = clampf(speed, -1.0, 1.0) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="clampi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Clamps the integer [code]value[/code] and returns a value not less than [code]min[/code] and not more than [code]max[/code]. + [codeblock] + speed = 42 + # a is 20 + a = clampi(speed, 1, 20) + + speed = -10 + # a is -1 + a = clampi(speed, -1, 1) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="cos"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle_rad" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the cosine of angle [code]angle_rad[/code] in radians. + [codeblock] + # Prints 1 then -1 + print(cos(PI * 2)) + print(cos(PI)) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="cosh"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of [code]x[/code] in radians. + [codeblock] + # Prints 1.543081 + print(cosh(1)) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="db2linear"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="db" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts from decibels to linear energy (audio). + </description> + </method> + <method name="dectime"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="amount" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="step" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the result of [code]value[/code] decreased by [code]step[/code] * [code]amount[/code]. + [codeblock] + # a = 59 + a = dectime(60, 10, 0.1)) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="deg2rad"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="deg" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts an angle expressed in degrees to radians. + [codeblock] + # r is 3.141593 + r = deg2rad(180) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="ease"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="curve" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Easing function, based on exponent. The curve values are: 0 is constant, 1 is linear, 0 to 1 is ease-in, 1+ is ease out. Negative values are in-out/out in. + </description> + </method> + <method name="exp"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + The natural exponential function. It raises the mathematical constant [b]e[/b] to the power of [code]x[/code] and returns it. + [b]e[/b] has an approximate value of 2.71828, and can be obtained with [code]exp(1)[/code]. + For exponents to other bases use the method [method pow]. + [codeblock] + a = exp(2) # Approximately 7.39 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="floor"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Rounds [code]x[/code] downward (towards negative infinity), returning the largest whole number that is not more than [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + # a is 2.0 + a = floor(2.99) + # a is -3.0 + a = floor(-2.99) + [/codeblock] + See also [method ceil], [method round], and [method stepify]. + [b]Note:[/b] This method returns a float. If you need an integer, you can use [code]int(x)[/code] directly. + </description> + </method> + <method name="fmod"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="y" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the floating-point remainder of [code]x/y[/code], keeping the sign of [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + # Remainder is 1.5 + var remainder = fmod(7, 5.5) + [/codeblock] + For the integer remainder operation, use the [code]%[/code] operator. + </description> + </method> + <method name="fposmod"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="y" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the floating-point modulus of [code]x/y[/code] that wraps equally in positive and negative. + [codeblock] + for i in 7: + var x = 0.5 * i - 1.5 + print("%4.1f %4.1f %4.1f" % [x, fmod(x, 1.5), fposmod(x, 1.5)]) + [/codeblock] + Produces: + [codeblock] + -1.5 -0.0 0.0 + -1.0 -1.0 0.5 + -0.5 -0.5 1.0 + 0.0 0.0 0.0 + 0.5 0.5 0.5 + 1.0 1.0 1.0 + 1.5 0.0 0.0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="hash"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="variable" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the integer hash of the variable passed. + [codeblock] + print(hash("a")) # Prints 177670 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="instance_from_id"> + <return type="Object"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="instance_id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the Object that corresponds to [code]instance_id[/code]. All Objects have a unique instance ID. + [codeblock] + var foo = "bar" + func _ready(): + var id = get_instance_id() + var inst = instance_from_id(id) + print(inst.foo) # Prints bar + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="inverse_lerp"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="weight" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a normalized value considering the given range. This is the opposite of [method lerp]. + [codeblock] + var middle = lerp(20, 30, 0.75) + # `middle` is now 27.5. + # Now, we pretend to have forgotten the original ratio and want to get it back. + var ratio = inverse_lerp(20, 30, 27.5) + # `ratio` is now 0.75. + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_equal_approx"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are approximately equal to each other. + Here, approximately equal means that [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are within a small internal epsilon of each other, which scales with the magnitude of the numbers. + Infinity values of the same sign are considered equal. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_inf"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether [code]x[/code] is an infinity value (either positive infinity or negative infinity). + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_instance_id_valid"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="id" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_instance_valid"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="instance" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether [code]instance[/code] is a valid object (e.g. has not been deleted from memory). + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_nan"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns whether [code]x[/code] is a NaN ("Not a Number" or invalid) value. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_zero_approx"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]x[/code] is zero or almost zero. + This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as zero. + </description> + </method> + <method name="lerp"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="weight" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Linearly interpolates between two values by a normalized value. This is the opposite of [method inverse_lerp]. + [codeblock] + lerp(0, 4, 0.75) # Returns 3.0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="lerp_angle"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="weight" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Linearly interpolates between two angles (in radians) by a normalized value. + Similar to [method lerp], but interpolates correctly when the angles wrap around [constant @GDScript.TAU]. + [codeblock] + extends Sprite + var elapsed = 0.0 + func _process(delta): + var min_angle = deg2rad(0.0) + var max_angle = deg2rad(90.0) + rotation = lerp_angle(min_angle, max_angle, elapsed) + elapsed += delta + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="linear2db"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="lin" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts from linear energy to decibels (audio). This can be used to implement volume sliders that behave as expected (since volume isn't linear). Example: + [codeblock] + # "Slider" refers to a node that inherits Range such as HSlider or VSlider. + # Its range must be configured to go from 0 to 1. + # Change the bus name if you'd like to change the volume of a specific bus only. + AudioServer.set_bus_volume_db(AudioServer.get_bus_index("Master"), linear2db($Slider.value)) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="log"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Natural logarithm. The amount of time needed to reach a certain level of continuous growth. + [b]Note:[/b] This is not the same as the "log" function on most calculators, which uses a base 10 logarithm. + [codeblock] + log(10) # Returns 2.302585 + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] The logarithm of [code]0[/code] returns [code]-inf[/code], while negative values return [code]-nan[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="max" qualifiers="vararg"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the maximum of the given values. This method can take any number of arguments. + [codeblock] + max(1, 7, 3, -6, 5) # Returns 7 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="maxf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the maximum of two float values. + [codeblock] + maxf(3.6, 24) # Returns 24.0 + maxf(-3.99, -4) # Returns -3.99 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="maxi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the maximum of two int values. + [codeblock] + maxi(1, 2) # Returns 2 + maxi(-3, -4) # Returns -3 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="min" qualifiers="vararg"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the minimum of the given values. This method can take any number of arguments. + [codeblock] + min(1, 7, 3, -6, 5) # Returns -6 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="minf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the minimum of two float values. + [codeblock] + minf(3.6, 24) # Returns 3.6 + minf(-3.99, -4) # Returns -4.0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="mini"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="a" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="b" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the minimum of two int values. + [codeblock] + mini(1, 2) # Returns 1 + mini(-3, -4) # Returns -4 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="move_toward"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="delta" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Moves [code]from[/code] toward [code]to[/code] by the [code]delta[/code] value. + Use a negative [code]delta[/code] value to move away. + [codeblock] + move_toward(5, 10, 4) # Returns 9 + move_toward(10, 5, 4) # Returns 6 + move_toward(10, 5, -1.5) # Returns 11.5 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="nearest_po2"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the nearest equal or larger power of 2 for integer [code]value[/code]. + In other words, returns the smallest value [code]a[/code] where [code]a = pow(2, n)[/code] such that [code]value <= a[/code] for some non-negative integer [code]n[/code]. + [codeblock] + nearest_po2(3) # Returns 4 + nearest_po2(4) # Returns 4 + nearest_po2(5) # Returns 8 + + nearest_po2(0) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect) + nearest_po2(-1) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect) + [/codeblock] + [b]WARNING:[/b] Due to the way it is implemented, this function returns [code]0[/code] rather than [code]1[/code] for non-positive values of [code]value[/code] (in reality, 1 is the smallest integer power of 2). + </description> + </method> + <method name="polar2cartesian"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="r" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="th" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a 2D point expressed in the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin [code]r[/code] and an angle [code]th[/code]) to the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis). + </description> + </method> + <method name="pow"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="base" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="exp" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the result of [code]base[/code] raised to the power of [code]exp[/code]. + [codeblock] + pow(2, 5) # Returns 32 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="print" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Converts one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible and prints them to the console. + [codeblock] + a = [1, 2, 3] + print("a", "b", a) # Prints ab[1, 2, 3] + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] Consider using [method push_error] and [method push_warning] to print error and warning messages instead of [method print]. This distinguishes them from print messages used for debugging purposes, while also displaying a stack trace when an error or warning is printed. + </description> + </method> + <method name="printerr" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to standard error line. + [codeblock] + printerr("prints to stderr") + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="printraw" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to console. No newline is added at the end. + [codeblock] + printraw("A") + printraw("B") + # Prints AB + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] Due to limitations with Godot's built-in console, this only prints to the terminal. If you need to print in the editor, use another method, such as [method print]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="prints" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Prints one or more arguments to the console with a space between each argument. + [codeblock] + prints("A", "B", "C") # Prints A B C + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="printt" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Prints one or more arguments to the console with a tab between each argument. + [codeblock] + printt("A", "B", "C") # Prints A B C + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="push_error" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Pushes an error message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS terminal. + [codeblock] + push_error("test error") # Prints "test error" to debugger and terminal as error call + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] Errors printed this way will not pause project execution. To print an error message and pause project execution in debug builds, use [code]assert(false, "test error")[/code] instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="push_warning" qualifiers="vararg"> + <description> + Pushes a warning message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS terminal. + [codeblock] + push_warning("test warning") # Prints "test warning" to debugger and terminal as warning call + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="rad2deg"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rad" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts an angle expressed in radians to degrees. + [codeblock] + rad2deg(0.523599) # Returns 30 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="rand_from_seed"> + <return type="PackedInt64Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="seed" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Random from seed: pass a [code]seed[/code], and an array with both number and new seed is returned. "Seed" here refers to the internal state of the pseudo random number generator. The internal state of the current implementation is 64 bits. + </description> + </method> + <method name="randf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a random floating point value on the interval [code][0, 1][/code]. + [codeblock] + randf() # Returns e.g. 0.375671 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="randf_range"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Random range, any floating point value between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]. + [codeblock] + prints(randf_range(-10, 10), randf_range(-10, 10)) # Prints e.g. -3.844535 7.45315 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="randi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a random unsigned 32 bit integer. Use remainder to obtain a random value in the interval [code][0, N - 1][/code] (where N is smaller than 2^32). + [codeblock] + randi() # Returns random integer between 0 and 2^32 - 1 + randi() % 20 # Returns random integer between 0 and 19 + randi() % 100 # Returns random integer between 0 and 99 + randi() % 100 + 1 # Returns random integer between 1 and 100 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="randi_range"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Random range, any 32-bit integer value between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] (inclusive). If [code]to[/code] is lesser than [code]from[/code] they are swapped. + [codeblock] + print(randi_range(0, 1)) # Prints 0 or 1 + print(randi_range(-10, 1000)) # Prints any number from -10 to 1000 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="randomize"> + <description> + Randomizes the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time. + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + randomize() + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="range_lerp"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="istart" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="istop" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="ostart" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="ostop" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Maps a [code]value[/code] from range [code][istart, istop][/code] to [code][ostart, ostop][/code]. + [codeblock] + range_lerp(75, 0, 100, -1, 1) # Returns 0.5 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="range_step_decimals"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="round"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Rounds [code]x[/code] to the nearest whole number, with halfway cases rounded away from zero. + [codeblock] + round(2.6) # Returns 3 + [/codeblock] + See also [method floor], [method ceil], and [method stepify]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="seed"> + <argument index="0" name="base" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets seed for the random number generator. + [codeblock] + my_seed = "Godot Rocks" + seed(my_seed.hash()) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="sign"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="signf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the sign of [code]x[/code] as a float: -1.0 or 1.0. Returns 0.0 if [code]x[/code] is 0. + [codeblock] + sign(-6.0) # Returns -1.0 + sign(0.0) # Returns 0.0 + sign(6.0) # Returns 1.0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="signi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the sign of [code]x[/code] as an integer: -1 or 1. Returns 0 if [code]x[/code] is 0. + [codeblock] + sign(-6) # Returns -1 + sign(0) # Returns 0 + sign(6) # Returns 1 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="sin"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle_rad" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the sine of angle [code]angle_rad[/code] in radians. + [codeblock] + sin(0.523599) # Returns 0.5 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="sinh"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the hyperbolic sine of [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + a = log(2.0) # Returns 0.693147 + sinh(a) # Returns 0.75 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="smoothstep"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="from" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="to" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the result of smoothly interpolating the value of [code]x[/code] between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code], based on the where [code]x[/code] lies with respect to the edges [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]. + The return value is [code]0[/code] if [code]x <= from[/code], and [code]1[/code] if [code]x >= to[/code]. If [code]x[/code] lies between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code], the returned value follows an S-shaped curve that maps [code]x[/code] between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code]. + This S-shaped curve is the cubic Hermite interpolator, given by [code]f(x) = 3*x^2 - 2*x^3[/code]. + [codeblock] + smoothstep(0, 2, -5.0) # Returns 0.0 + smoothstep(0, 2, 0.5) # Returns 0.15625 + smoothstep(0, 2, 1.0) # Returns 0.5 + smoothstep(0, 2, 2.0) # Returns 1.0 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="sqrt"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the square root of [code]x[/code], where [code]x[/code] is a non-negative number. + [codeblock] + sqrt(9) # Returns 3 + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b]Negative values of [code]x[/code] return NaN. If you need negative inputs, use [code]System.Numerics.Complex[/code] in C#. + </description> + </method> + <method name="step_decimals"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the position of the first non-zero digit, after the decimal point. Note that the maximum return value is 10, which is a design decision in the implementation. + [codeblock] + # n is 0 + n = step_decimals(5) + # n is 4 + n = step_decimals(1.0005) + # n is 9 + n = step_decimals(0.000000005) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="stepify"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="step" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Snaps float value [code]x[/code] to a given [code]step[/code]. This can also be used to round a floating point number to an arbitrary number of decimals. + [codeblock] + stepify(100, 32) # Returns 96 + stepify(3.14159, 0.01) # Returns 3.14 + [/codeblock] + See also [method ceil], [method floor], and [method round]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="str" qualifiers="vararg"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Converts one or more arguments to string in the best way possible. + </description> + </method> + <method name="str2var"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="string" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a formatted string that was returned by [method var2str] to the original value. + [codeblock] + a = '{ "a": 1, "b": 2 }' + b = str2var(a) + print(b["a"]) # Prints 1 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="tan"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="angle_rad" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the tangent of angle [code]angle_rad[/code] in radians. + [codeblock] + tan(deg2rad(45)) # Returns 1 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="tanh"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="x" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of [code]x[/code]. + [codeblock] + a = log(2.0) # Returns 0.693147 + tanh(a) # Returns 0.6 + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="typeof"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="variable" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the internal type of the given Variant object, using the [enum Variant.Type] values. + [codeblock] + p = parse_json('["a", "b", "c"]') + if typeof(p) == TYPE_ARRAY: + print(p[0]) # Prints a + else: + print("unexpected results") + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="var2bytes"> + <return type="PackedByteArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="variable" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Encodes a [Variant] value to a byte array, without encoding objects. Deserialization can be done with [method bytes2var]. + [b]Note:[/b] If you need object serialization, see [method var2bytes_with_objects]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="var2bytes_with_objects"> + <return type="PackedByteArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="variable" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Encodes a [Variant] value to a byte array. Encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code). Deserialization can be done with [method bytes2var_with_objects]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="var2str"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="variable" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a Variant [code]variable[/code] to a formatted string that can later be parsed using [method str2var]. + [codeblock] + a = { "a": 1, "b": 2 } + print(var2str(a)) + [/codeblock] + prints + [codeblock] + { + "a": 1, + "b": 2 + } + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> + <method name="weakref"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="obj" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a weak reference to an object, or [code]null[/code] is the argument is invalid. + A weak reference to an object is not enough to keep the object alive: when the only remaining references to a referent are weak references, garbage collection is free to destroy the referent and reuse its memory for something else. However, until the object is actually destroyed the weak reference may return the object even if there are no strong references to it. + </description> + </method> + <method name="wrapf"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Wraps float [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code]. + Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces. + [codeblock] + # Infinite loop between 5.0 and 9.9 + value = wrapf(value + 0.1, 5.0, 10.0) + [/codeblock] + [codeblock] + # Infinite rotation (in radians) + angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, 0.0, TAU) + [/codeblock] + [codeblock] + # Infinite rotation (in radians) + angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, -PI, PI) + [/codeblock] + [b]Note:[/b] If [code]min[/code] is [code]0[/code], this is equivalent to [method fposmod], so prefer using that instead. + [code]wrapf[/code] is more flexible than using the [method fposmod] approach by giving the user control over the minimum value. + </description> + </method> + <method name="wrapi"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="min" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="max" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Wraps integer [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code]. + Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces. + [codeblock] + # Infinite loop between 5 and 9 + frame = wrapi(frame + 1, 5, 10) + [/codeblock] + [codeblock] + # result is -2 + var result = wrapi(-6, -5, -1) + [/codeblock] + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="AudioServer" type="AudioServer" setter="" getter=""> @@ -95,6 +1236,9 @@ <member name="ResourceSaver" type="ResourceSaver" setter="" getter=""> The [ResourceSaver] singleton. </member> + <member name="TextServerManager" type="TextServerManager" setter="" getter=""> + The [TextServerManager] singleton. + </member> <member name="TranslationServer" type="TranslationServer" setter="" getter=""> The [TranslationServer] singleton. </member> @@ -145,6 +1289,9 @@ <constant name="HALIGN_RIGHT" value="2" enum="HAlign"> Horizontal right alignment, usually for text-derived classes. </constant> + <constant name="HALIGN_FILL" value="3" enum="HAlign"> + Expand row to fit width, usually for text-derived classes. + </constant> <constant name="VALIGN_TOP" value="0" enum="VAlign"> Vertical top alignment, usually for text-derived classes. </constant> @@ -952,130 +2099,61 @@ <constant name="BUTTON_MASK_XBUTTON2" value="256" enum="ButtonList"> Extra mouse button 2 mask. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_INVALID_BUTTON" value="-1" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyButtonList"> An invalid game controller button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_A" value="0" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL button A. + Game controller SDL button A. Corresponds to the bottom action button: Sony Cross, Xbox A, Nintendo B. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_B" value="1" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL button B. + Game controller SDL button B. Corresponds to the right action button: Sony Circle, Xbox B, Nintendo A. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_X" value="2" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL button X. + Game controller SDL button X. Corresponds to the left action button: Sony Square, Xbox X, Nintendo Y. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_Y" value="3" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL button Y. + Game controller SDL button Y. Corresponds to the top action button: Sony Triangle, Xbox Y, Nintendo X. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_BACK" value="4" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL back button. + Game controller SDL back button. Corresponds to the Sony Select, Xbox Back, Nintendo - button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_GUIDE" value="5" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL guide button. + Game controller SDL guide button. Corresponds to the Sony PS, Xbox Home button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_START" value="6" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL start button. + Game controller SDL start button. Corresponds to the Nintendo + button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_STICK" value="7" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL left stick button. + Game controller SDL left stick button. Corresponds to the Sony L3, Xbox L/LS button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_STICK" value="8" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL right stick button. + Game controller SDL right stick button. Corresponds to the Sony R3, Xbox R/RS button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_LEFT_SHOULDER" value="9" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL left shoulder button. + Game controller SDL left shoulder button. Corresponds to the Sony L1, Xbox LB button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_RIGHT_SHOULDER" value="10" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL right shoulder button. + Game controller SDL right shoulder button. Corresponds to the Sony R1, Xbox RB button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_UP" value="11" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL D-pad up button. + Game controller D-pad up button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN" value="12" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL D-pad down button. + Game controller D-pad down button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT" value="13" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL D-pad left button. + Game controller D-pad left button. </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT" value="14" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Game controller SDL D-pad right button. + Game controller D-pad right button. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SDL_BUTTONS" value="15" enum="JoyButtonList"> + <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_SDL_MAX" value="15" enum="JoyButtonList"> The number of SDL game controller buttons. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_X" value="0" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller X button maps to SDL button A. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_CROSS" value="0" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller cross button maps to SDL button A. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_CIRCLE" value="1" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller circle button maps to SDL button B. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_SQUARE" value="2" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller square button maps to SDL button X. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_TRIANGLE" value="3" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller triangle button maps to SDL button Y. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_SELECT" value="4" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller select button maps to SDL back button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_START" value="6" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller start button maps to SDL start button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_PS" value="5" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller PS button maps to SDL guide button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_L1" value="9" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller L1 button maps to SDL left shoulder button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_R1" value="10" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller R1 button maps to SDL right shoulder button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_L3" value="7" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller L3 button maps to SDL left stick button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SONY_R3" value="8" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Sony DualShock controller R3 button maps to SDL right stick button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_A" value="0" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller A button maps to SDL button A. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_B" value="1" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller B button maps to SDL button B. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_X" value="2" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller X button maps to SDL button X. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_Y" value="3" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller Y button maps to SDL button Y. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_BACK" value="4" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller back button maps to SDL back button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_START" value="6" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller start button maps to SDL start button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_HOME" value="5" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller home button maps to SDL guide button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_LS" value="7" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller left stick button maps to SDL left stick button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_RS" value="8" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller right stick button maps to SDL right stick button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_LB" value="9" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller left bumper button maps to SDL left shoulder button. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_XBOX_RB" value="10" enum="JoyButtonList"> - Xbox game controller right bumper button maps to SDL right shoulder button. - </constant> <constant name="JOY_BUTTON_MAX" value="36" enum="JoyButtonList"> - The maximum number of game controller buttons. + The maximum number of game controller buttons: Android supports up to 36 buttons. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_INVALID_AXIS" value="-1" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_INVALID" value="-1" enum="JoyAxisList"> An invalid game controller axis. </constant> <constant name="JOY_AXIS_LEFT_X" value="0" enum="JoyAxisList"> @@ -1096,41 +2174,11 @@ <constant name="JOY_AXIS_TRIGGER_RIGHT" value="5" enum="JoyAxisList"> Game controller right trigger axis. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_SDL_AXES" value="6" enum="JoyAxisList"> + <constant name="JOY_AXIS_SDL_MAX" value="6" enum="JoyAxisList"> The number of SDL game controller axes. </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_0_X" value="0" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 0 x-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_0_Y" value="1" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 0 y-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_1_X" value="2" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 1 x-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_1_Y" value="3" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 1 y-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_2_X" value="4" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 2 x-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_2_Y" value="5" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 2 y-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_3_X" value="6" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 3 x-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_3_Y" value="7" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 3 y-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_4_X" value="8" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 4 x-axis. - </constant> - <constant name="JOY_AXIS_4_Y" value="9" enum="JoyAxisList"> - Game controller joystick 4 y-axis. - </constant> <constant name="JOY_AXIS_MAX" value="10" enum="JoyAxisList"> - The maximum number of game controller axes. + The maximum number of game controller axes: OpenVR supports up to 5 Joysticks making a total of 10 axes. </constant> <constant name="MIDI_MESSAGE_NOTE_OFF" value="8" enum="MidiMessageList"> MIDI note OFF message. diff --git a/doc/classes/Array.xml b/doc/classes/Array.xml index 0ad5960d4a..6a9eb89602 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Array.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Array.xml @@ -38,8 +38,9 @@ GD.Print(array1 + array2); // Prints [One, 2, 3, Four] [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - Note that concatenating with [code]+=[/code] operator will create a new array. If you want to append another array to an existing array, [method append_array] is more efficient. + [b]Note:[/b] Concatenating with the [code]+=[/code] operator will create a new array, which has a cost. If you want to append another array to an existing array, [method append_array] is more efficient. [b]Note:[/b] Arrays are always passed by reference. To get a copy of an array which can be modified independently of the original array, use [method duplicate]. + [b]Note:[/b] When declaring an array with [code]const[/code], the array itself can still be mutated by defining the values at individual indices or pushing/removing elements. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent assigning the constant with another value after it was initialized. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml b/doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b41133139 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="AspectRatioContainer" inherits="Container" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Container that preserves its child controls' aspect ratio. + </brief_description> + <description> + Arranges child controls in a way to preserve their aspect ratio automatically whenever the container is resized. Solves the problem where the container size is dynamic and the contents' size needs to adjust accordingly without losing proportions. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="alignment_horizontal" type="int" setter="set_alignment_horizontal" getter="get_alignment_horizontal" enum="AspectRatioContainer.AlignMode" default="1"> + Specifies the horizontal relative position of child controls. + </member> + <member name="alignment_vertical" type="int" setter="set_alignment_vertical" getter="get_alignment_vertical" enum="AspectRatioContainer.AlignMode" default="1"> + Specifies the vertical relative position of child controls. + </member> + <member name="ratio" type="float" setter="set_ratio" getter="get_ratio" default="1.0"> + The aspect ratio to enforce on child controls. This is the width divided by the height. The ratio depends on the [member stretch_mode]. + </member> + <member name="stretch_mode" type="int" setter="set_stretch_mode" getter="get_stretch_mode" enum="AspectRatioContainer.StretchMode" default="2"> + The stretch mode used to align child controls. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + <constant name="STRETCH_WIDTH_CONTROLS_HEIGHT" value="0" enum="StretchMode"> + The height of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the width of the container. + </constant> + <constant name="STRETCH_HEIGHT_CONTROLS_WIDTH" value="1" enum="StretchMode"> + The width of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the height of the container. + </constant> + <constant name="STRETCH_FIT" value="2" enum="StretchMode"> + The bounding rectangle of child controls is automatically adjusted to fit inside the container while keeping the aspect ratio. + </constant> + <constant name="STRETCH_COVER" value="3" enum="StretchMode"> + The width and height of child controls is automatically adjusted to make their bounding rectangle cover the entire area of the container while keeping the aspect ratio. + When the bounding rectangle of child controls exceed the container's size and [member Control.rect_clip_content] is enabled, this allows to show only the container's area restricted by its own bounding rectangle. + </constant> + <constant name="ALIGN_BEGIN" value="0" enum="AlignMode"> + Aligns child controls with the beginning (left or top) of the container. + </constant> + <constant name="ALIGN_CENTER" value="1" enum="AlignMode"> + Aligns child controls with the center of the container. + </constant> + <constant name="ALIGN_END" value="2" enum="AlignMode"> + Aligns child controls with the end (right or bottom) of the container. + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml index aadbc865bb..7a8c4b2cc7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Plays 3D sound in 3D space. </brief_description> <description> - Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. + Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. For greater realism, a low-pass filter is automatically applied to distant sounds. This can be disabled by setting [member attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz] to [code]20500[/code]. By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by adding a [Listener3D] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method Listener3D.make_current] on it. </description> <tutorials> @@ -56,19 +56,19 @@ Areas in which this sound plays. </member> <member name="attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz" type="float" setter="set_attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz" getter="get_attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz" default="5000.0"> - Dampens audio above this frequency, in Hz. + Dampens audio using a low-pass filter above this frequency, in Hz. To disable the dampening effect entirely, set this to [code]20500[/code] as this frequency is above the human hearing limit. </member> <member name="attenuation_filter_db" type="float" setter="set_attenuation_filter_db" getter="get_attenuation_filter_db" default="-24.0"> - Amount how much the filter affects the loudness, in dB. + Amount how much the filter affects the loudness, in decibels. </member> <member name="attenuation_model" type="int" setter="set_attenuation_model" getter="get_attenuation_model" enum="AudioStreamPlayer3D.AttenuationModel" default="0"> Decides if audio should get quieter with distance linearly, quadratically, logarithmically, or not be affected by distance, effectively disabling attenuation. </member> <member name="autoplay" type="bool" setter="set_autoplay" getter="is_autoplay_enabled" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree. + If [code]true[/code], audio plays when the AudioStreamPlayer3D node is added to scene tree. </member> <member name="bus" type="StringName" setter="set_bus" getter="get_bus" default="@"Master""> - Bus on which this audio is playing. + The bus on which this audio is playing. </member> <member name="doppler_tracking" type="int" setter="set_doppler_tracking" getter="get_doppler_tracking" enum="AudioStreamPlayer3D.DopplerTracking" default="0"> Decides in which step the Doppler effect should be calculated. @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ If [code]true[/code], the audio should be dampened according to the direction of the sound. </member> <member name="emission_angle_filter_attenuation_db" type="float" setter="set_emission_angle_filter_attenuation_db" getter="get_emission_angle_filter_attenuation_db" default="-12.0"> - Dampens audio if camera is outside of [member emission_angle_degrees] and [member emission_angle_enabled] is set by this factor, in dB. + Dampens audio if camera is outside of [member emission_angle_degrees] and [member emission_angle_enabled] is set by this factor, in decibels. </member> <member name="max_db" type="float" setter="set_max_db" getter="get_max_db" default="3.0"> - Sets the absolute maximum of the soundlevel, in dB. + Sets the absolute maximum of the soundlevel, in decibels. </member> <member name="max_distance" type="float" setter="set_max_distance" getter="get_max_distance" default="0.0"> Sets the distance from which the [member out_of_range_mode] takes effect. Has no effect if set to 0. @@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ If [code]true[/code], audio is playing. </member> <member name="stream" type="AudioStream" setter="set_stream" getter="get_stream"> - The [AudioStream] object to be played. + The [AudioStream] resource to be played. </member> <member name="stream_paused" type="bool" setter="set_stream_paused" getter="get_stream_paused" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting [code]stream_paused[/code] to [code]false[/code]. + If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting [member stream_paused] to [code]false[/code]. </member> <member name="unit_db" type="float" setter="set_unit_db" getter="get_unit_db" default="0.0"> - Base sound level unaffected by dampening, in dB. + The base sound level unaffected by dampening, in decibels. </member> <member name="unit_size" type="float" setter="set_unit_size" getter="get_unit_size" default="1.0"> - Factor for the attenuation effect. + The factor for the attenuation effect. Higher values make the sound audible over a larger distance. </member> </members> <signals> @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@ Logarithmic dampening of loudness according to distance. </constant> <constant name="ATTENUATION_DISABLED" value="3" enum="AttenuationModel"> - No dampening of loudness according to distance. + No dampening of loudness according to distance. The sound will still be heard positionally, unlike an [AudioStreamPlayer]. </constant> <constant name="OUT_OF_RANGE_MIX" value="0" enum="OutOfRangeMode"> - Mix this audio in, even when it's out of range. + Mix this audio in, even when it's out of range. This increases CPU usage, but keeps the sound playing at the correct position if the camera leaves and enters the [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius. </constant> <constant name="OUT_OF_RANGE_PAUSE" value="1" enum="OutOfRangeMode"> - Pause this audio when it gets out of range. + Pause this audio when it gets out of range. This decreases CPU usage, but will cause the sound to restart if the camera leaves and enters the [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius. </constant> <constant name="DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED" value="0" enum="DopplerTracking"> Disables doppler tracking. diff --git a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml index 378df1ce65..45ef4cb14c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/BaseButton.xml @@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ <member name="shortcut" type="Shortcut" setter="set_shortcut" getter="get_shortcut"> [Shortcut] associated to the button. </member> + <member name="shortcut_context" type="Node" setter="set_shortcut_context" getter="get_shortcut_context"> + The [Node] which must be a parent of the focused GUI [Control] for the shortcut to be activated. If [code]null[/code], the shortcut can be activated when any control is focused (a global shortcut). This allows shortcuts to be accepted only when the user has a certain area of the GUI focused. + </member> <member name="shortcut_in_tooltip" type="bool" setter="set_shortcut_in_tooltip" getter="is_shortcut_in_tooltip_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the button will add information about its shortcut in the tooltip. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml b/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 87cffdaca0..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="BitmapFont" inherits="Font" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Renders text using fonts under the [url=https://www.angelcode.com/products/bmfont/]BMFont[/url] format. - Handles files with the [code].fnt[/code] extension. - </brief_description> - <description> - Renders text using [code]*.fnt[/code] fonts containing texture atlases. Supports distance fields. For using vector font files like TTF directly, see [DynamicFont]. - </description> - <tutorials> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="add_char"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="character" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="texture" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="rect" type="Rect2"> - </argument> - <argument index="3" name="align" type="Vector2" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> - </argument> - <argument index="4" name="advance" type="float" default="-1"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds a character to the font, where [code]character[/code] is the Unicode value, [code]texture[/code] is the texture index, [code]rect[/code] is the region in the texture (in pixels!), [code]align[/code] is the (optional) alignment for the character and [code]advance[/code] is the (optional) advance. - </description> - </method> - <method name="add_kerning_pair"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="char_a" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="char_b" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="2" name="kerning" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds a kerning pair to the [BitmapFont] as a difference. Kerning pairs are special cases where a typeface advance is determined by the next character. - </description> - </method> - <method name="add_texture"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds a texture to the [BitmapFont]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="clear"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <description> - Clears all the font data and settings. - </description> - </method> - <method name="create_from_fnt"> - <return type="int" enum="Error"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> - </argument> - <description> - Creates a BitmapFont from the [code]*.fnt[/code] file at [code]path[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_kerning_pair" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="char_a" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="char_b" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns a kerning pair as a difference. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_texture" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="Texture2D"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the font atlas texture at index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_texture_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the number of textures in the BitmapFont atlas. - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="ascent" type="float" setter="set_ascent" getter="get_ascent" default="0.0"> - Ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). - </member> - <member name="distance_field" type="bool" setter="set_distance_field_hint" getter="is_distance_field_hint" default="false"> - If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled. - </member> - <member name="fallback" type="BitmapFont" setter="set_fallback" getter="get_fallback"> - The fallback font. - </member> - <member name="height" type="float" setter="set_height" getter="get_height" default="1.0"> - Total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Button.xml b/doc/classes/Button.xml index df47fa8bec..e47198a381 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Button.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Button.xml @@ -40,6 +40,33 @@ <link title="OS Test Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/677</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_text_align" getter="get_text_align" enum="Button.TextAlign" default="1"> @@ -57,9 +84,15 @@ <member name="icon" type="Texture2D" setter="set_button_icon" getter="get_button_icon"> Button's icon, if text is present the icon will be placed before the text. </member> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> The button's text that will be displayed inside the button's area. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="ALIGN_LEFT" value="0" enum="TextAlign"> @@ -94,6 +127,12 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the [Button] is being pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + Text oubline [Color] of the [Button]. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [Button]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being hovered. </theme_item> @@ -103,6 +142,9 @@ <theme_item name="normal" type="StyleBox"> Default [StyleBox] for the [Button]. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + Size of the [Button]'s text outline. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="pressed" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being pressed. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml index 8efa1adae8..bd648c6de0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml @@ -41,22 +41,30 @@ </argument> <argument index="6" name="width" type="float" default="1.0"> </argument> + <argument index="7" name="antialiased" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Draws an arc between the given angles. The larger the value of [code]point_count[/code], the smoother the curve. </description> </method> - <method name="draw_char"> + <method name="draw_char" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> <argument index="0" name="font" type="Font"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="char" type="String"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="next" type="String"> + <argument index="3" name="next" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <argument index="6" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="7" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> </argument> <description> Draws a string character using a custom font. Returns the advance, depending on the character width and kerning with an optional next character. @@ -146,6 +154,35 @@ Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]width[/code] and segment-by-segment coloring. Colors assigned to line segments match by index between [code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="draw_multiline_string" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="Font"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="align" type="int" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="width" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="max_lines" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="7" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="8" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="9" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="10" name="flags" type="int" default="51"> + </argument> + <description> + Breaks [code]text[/code] to the lines and draws it using the specified [code]font[/code] at the [code]position[/code] (top-left corner). The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If [code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped if it exceeds the specified width. + </description> + </method> <method name="draw_multimesh"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -181,6 +218,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="width" type="float" default="1.0"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="antialiased" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]color[/code] and [code]width[/code]. </description> @@ -194,6 +233,8 @@ </argument> <argument index="2" name="width" type="float" default="1.0"> </argument> + <argument index="3" name="antialiased" type="bool" default="false"> + </argument> <description> Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]width[/code] and segment-by-segment coloring. Colors assigned to line segments match by index between [code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/code]. </description> @@ -253,18 +294,28 @@ Sets a custom transform for drawing via matrix. Anything drawn afterwards will be transformed by this. </description> </method> - <method name="draw_string"> + <method name="draw_string" qualifiers="const"> <return type="void"> </return> <argument index="0" name="font" type="Font"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="text" type="String"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <argument index="3" name="align" type="int" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="width" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="7" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="8" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="clip_w" type="int" default="-1"> + <argument index="9" name="flags" type="int" default="3"> </argument> <description> Draws [code]text[/code] using the specified [code]font[/code] at the [code]position[/code] (top-left corner). The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If [code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped if it exceeds the specified width. @@ -275,17 +326,19 @@ # `default_font` declaration to a member variable assigned in `_ready()` # so the Control is only created once. var default_font = Control.new().get_font("font") - draw_string(default_font, Vector2(64, 64), "Hello world") + var default_font_size = Control.new().get_font_size("font_size") + draw_string(default_font, Vector2(64, 64), "Hello world", HALIGN_LEFT, -1, font_size) [/gdscript] [csharp] // If using this method in a script that redraws constantly, move the // `default_font` declaration to a member variable assigned in `_ready()` // so the Control is only created once. Font defaultFont = new Control().GetFont("font"); - DrawString(defaultFont, new Vector2(64, 64), "Hello world"); + int defaultFontSize = new Control().GetFontSize("font_size"); + DrawString(defaultFont, new Vector2(64, 64), "Hello world", HALIGN_LEFT, -1, defaultFontSize); [/csharp] [/codeblocks] - See also [method Font.draw]. + See also [method Font.draw_string]. </description> </method> <method name="draw_style_box"> diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml index f912bb98c9..89fb960e88 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckBox.xml @@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [CheckBox]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is hovered. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml index b4f91cf3a8..882f1c69f3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CheckButton.xml @@ -45,6 +45,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [CheckButton]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is hovered. </theme_item> @@ -58,16 +61,28 @@ The [StyleBox] to display as a background. </theme_item> <theme_item name="off" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked. + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for left-to-right layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="off_disabled" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled. + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="off_disabled_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled (for right-to-left layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="off_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="on" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked. + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked (for left-to-right layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="on_disabled" type="Texture2D"> - The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled. + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="on_disabled_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled (for right-to-left layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="on_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="pressed" type="StyleBox"> The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is pressed. diff --git a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml index f6bc9e2cca..8834ff82c6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/CodeEdit.xml @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ <brief_description> </brief_description> <description> + [b]Note[/b]: By default [CodeEdit] always use left-to-right text direction to correcly display source code. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> @@ -109,6 +110,9 @@ </member> <member name="draw_line_numbers" type="bool" setter="set_draw_line_numbers" getter="is_draw_line_numbers_enabled" default="false"> </member> + <member name="layout_direction" type="int" setter="set_layout_direction" getter="get_layout_direction" override="true" enum="Control.LayoutDirection" default="2" /> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override_options" type="Array" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" override="true" default="[ ]" /> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" override="true" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="1" /> <member name="zero_pad_line_numbers" type="bool" setter="set_line_numbers_zero_padded" getter="is_line_numbers_zero_padded" default="false"> </member> </members> @@ -179,6 +183,9 @@ </theme_item> <theme_item name="font_color_selected" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [CodeEdit]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="line_number_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0.67, 0.67, 0.67, 0.4 )"> </theme_item> <theme_item name="line_spacing" type="int" default="4"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Color.xml b/doc/classes/Color.xml index ae8703c837..9705a196ed 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Color.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Color.xml @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ <argument index="3" name="a" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a [Color] from an RGBA profile using values between 0 and 1. + Constructs a [Color] from RGBA values, typically between 0 and 1. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Equivalent to RGBA(51, 255, 178, 204) + var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 204)` [/gdscript] [csharp] - var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f, 0.8f); // Equivalent to RGBA(51, 255, 178, 255, 204) + var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f, 0.8f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255, 204)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ <argument index="2" name="b" type="float"> </argument> <description> - Constructs a color from an RGB profile using values between 0 and 1. Alpha will always be 1. + Constructs a [Color] from RGB values, typically between 0 and 1. Alpha will be 1. [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Equivalent to RGBA(51, 255, 178, 255) + var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Similar to `Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` [/gdscript] [csharp] - var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f); // Equivalent to RGBA(51, 255, 178, 255) + var color = new Color(0.2f, 1.0f, 0.7f); // Similar to `Color.Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -143,11 +143,11 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(0.3, 0.4, 0.9) - var inverted_color = color.inverted() # A color of an RGBA(178, 153, 26, 255) + var inverted_color = color.inverted() # Equivalent to `Color(0.7, 0.6, 0.1)` [/gdscript] [csharp] var color = new Color(0.3f, 0.4f, 0.9f); - Color invertedColor = color.Inverted(); // A color of an RGBA(178, 153, 26, 255) + Color invertedColor = color.Inverted(); // Equivalent to `new Color(0.7f, 0.6f, 0.1f)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -174,12 +174,12 @@ [gdscript] var c1 = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0) var c2 = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0) - var lerp_color = c1.lerp(c2, 0.5) # A color of an RGBA(128, 128, 0, 255) + var lerp_color = c1.lerp(c2, 0.5) # Equivalent to `Color(0.5, 0.5, 0.0)` [/gdscript] [csharp] var c1 = new Color(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); var c2 = new Color(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); - Color lerpColor = c1.Lerp(c2, 0.5f); // A color of an RGBA(128, 128, 0, 255) + Color lerpColor = c1.Lerp(c2, 0.5f); // Equivalent to `new Color(0.5f, 0.5f, 0.0f)` [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </description> @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 32-bit integer in ABGR format (each byte represents a component of the ABGR profile). ABGR is the reversed version of the default format. + Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ABGR format (each byte represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default format. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 64-bit integer in ABGR format (each word represents a component of the ABGR profile). ABGR is the reversed version of the default format. + Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ABGR format (each word represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default format. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 32-bit integer in ARGB format (each byte represents a component of the ARGB profile). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX. + Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ARGB format (each byte represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 64-bit integer in ARGB format (each word represents a component of the ARGB profile). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX. + Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ARGB format (each word represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="with_alpha" type="bool" default="true"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color's HTML hexadecimal color string in RGBA format (ex: [code]ff34f822[/code]). + Returns the color converted to an HTML hexadecimal color string in RGBA format (ex: [code]ff34f822[/code]). Setting [code]with_alpha[/code] to [code]false[/code] excludes alpha from the hexadecimal string (and uses RGB instead of RGBA format). [codeblocks] [gdscript] @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte represents a component of the RGBA profile). RGBA is Godot's default format. + Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the color's 64-bit integer in RGBA format (each word represents a component of the RGBA profile). RGBA is Godot's default format. + Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in RGBA format (each word represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format. [codeblocks] [gdscript] var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2) diff --git a/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml b/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml index 76cc49a043..c04e8b9ea0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml @@ -82,6 +82,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 0.8, 0.8, 0.8, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [ColorPickerButton]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being hovered. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Control.xml b/doc/classes/Control.xml index 6ea7b79dff..ae1a8d86a7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Control.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Control.xml @@ -121,6 +121,18 @@ [/codeblocks] </description> </method> + <method name="_structured_text_parser" qualifiers="virtual"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="args" type="Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + User defined BiDi algorithm override function. + Return [code]Array[/code] of [code]Vector2i[/code] text ranges, in the left-to-right order. Ranges should cover full source [code]text[/code] without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately. + </description> + </method> <method name="accept_event"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -179,6 +191,17 @@ Overrides the font with given [code]name[/code] in the [member theme] resource the control uses. If [code]font[/code] is [code]null[/code] or invalid, the override is cleared and the font from assigned [Theme] is used. </description> </method> + <method name="add_theme_font_size_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="font_size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Overrides the font size with given [code]name[/code] in the [member theme] resource the control uses. If [code]font_size[/code] is [code]-1[/code], the override is cleared and the font size from assigned [Theme] is used. + </description> + </method> <method name="add_theme_icon_override"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -443,10 +466,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a color from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns a color from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. [codeblocks] [gdscript] func _ready(): @@ -466,10 +489,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a constant from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns a constant from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_font" qualifiers="const"> @@ -477,10 +500,21 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a font from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns a font from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a font size from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -488,10 +522,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns an icon from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns an icon from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> @@ -499,10 +533,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns a [StyleBox] from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code]. + Returns a [StyleBox] from assigned [Theme] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> @@ -563,10 +597,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_color_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -583,10 +617,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_constant_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -603,10 +637,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if font with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_font_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -618,15 +652,35 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if font with given [code]name[/code] has a valid override in this [Control] node. </description> </method> + <method name="has_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_theme_font_size_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with given [code]name[/code] has a valid override in this [Control] node. + </description> + </method> <method name="has_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if icon with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if icon with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_icon_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -652,10 +706,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with given [code]name[/code] and associated with [Control] of given [code]node_type[/code] exists in assigned [Theme]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_stylebox_override" qualifiers="const"> @@ -667,6 +721,13 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with given [code]name[/code] has a valid override in this [Control] node. </description> </method> + <method name="is_layout_rtl" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if layout is right-to-left. + </description> + </method> <method name="minimum_size_changed"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -1015,6 +1076,9 @@ [/csharp] [/codeblocks] </member> + <member name="layout_direction" type="int" setter="set_layout_direction" getter="get_layout_direction" enum="Control.LayoutDirection" default="0"> + Controls layout direction and text writing direction. Right-to-left layouts are necessary for certain languages (e.g. Arabic and Hebrew). + </member> <member name="margin_bottom" type="float" setter="set_margin" getter="get_margin" default="0.0"> Distance between the node's bottom edge and its parent control, based on [member anchor_bottom]. Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a [Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node. @@ -1159,6 +1223,9 @@ <constant name="NOTIFICATION_SCROLL_END" value="48"> Sent when this node is inside a [ScrollContainer] which has stopped being scrolled. </constant> + <constant name="NOTIFICATION_LAYOUT_DIRECTION_CHANGED" value="49"> + Sent when control layout direction is changed. + </constant> <constant name="CURSOR_ARROW" value="0" enum="CursorShape"> Show the system's arrow mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. Use with [member mouse_default_cursor_shape]. </constant> @@ -1309,5 +1376,51 @@ <constant name="ANCHOR_END" value="1" enum="Anchor"> Snaps one of the 4 anchor's sides to the end of the node's [code]Rect[/code], in the bottom right. Use it with one of the [code]anchor_*[/code] member variables, like [member anchor_left]. To change all 4 anchors at once, use [method set_anchors_preset]. </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_INHERITED" value="0" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Automatic layout direction, determined from the parent control layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_LOCALE" value="1" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Automatic layout direction, determined from the current locale. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_LTR" value="2" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Left-to-right layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_RTL" value="3" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Right-to-left layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="TEXT_DIRECTION_INHERITED" value="3" enum="TextDirection"> + Text writing direction is the same as layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="TEXT_DIRECTION_AUTO" value="0" enum="TextDirection"> + Automatic text writing direction, determined from the current locale and text content. + </constant> + <constant name="TEXT_DIRECTION_LTR" value="1" enum="TextDirection"> + Left-to-right text writing direction. + </constant> + <constant name="TEXT_DIRECTION_RTL" value="2" enum="TextDirection"> + Right-to-left text writing direction. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_DEFAULT" value="0" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + Use default behavior. Same as [code]STRUCTURED_TEXT_NONE[/code] unless specified otherwise in the control description. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_URI" value="1" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + BiDi override for URI. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_FILE" value="2" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + BiDi override for file path. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_EMAIL" value="3" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + BiDi override for email. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_LIST" value="4" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + BiDi override for lists. + Structured text options: list separator [code]String[/code]. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_NONE" value="5" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + Use default Unicode BiDi algorithm. + </constant> + <constant name="STRUCTURED_TEXT_CUSTOM" value="6" enum="StructuredTextParser"> + User defined structured text BiDi override function. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml b/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml index 8ac6258e97..2d50d98a74 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve2D.xml @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]. + Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_out" qualifiers="const"> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]. + Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_position" qualifiers="const"> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. + Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. The position is relative to the vertex. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_out"> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. + Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. The position is relative to the vertex. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_position"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml b/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml index fe454d90cc..bda04f010b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Curve3D.xml @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]. + Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_out" qualifiers="const"> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]. + Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_point_position" qualifiers="const"> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="cubic" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where [code]offset[/code] is measured as a pixel distance along the curve. + Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where [code]offset[/code] is measured as a distance in 3D units along the curve. To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if [code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to [code]false[/code]. Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster (and often, precise enough). </description> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. + Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. The position is relative to the vertex. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_out"> @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector3"> </argument> <description> - Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. + Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console. The position is relative to the vertex. </description> </method> <method name="set_point_position"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml index dc38fdf0e8..cd0b5ac027 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Dictionary.xml @@ -11,17 +11,28 @@ Creating a dictionary: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var my_dir = {} # Creates an empty dictionary. - var points_dir = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} - var another_dir = { - key1: value1, - key2: value2, - key3: value3, + var my_dict = {} # Creates an empty dictionary. + + var dict_variable_key = "Another key name" + var dict_variable_value = "value2" + var another_dict = { + "Some key name": "value1", + dict_variable_key: dict_variable_value, + } + + var points_dict = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} + + # Alternative Lua-style syntax. + # Doesn't require quotes around keys, but only string constants can be used as key names. + # Additionally, key names must start with a letter or an underscore. + # Here, `some_key` is a string literal, not a variable! + another_dict = { + some_key = 42, } [/gdscript] [csharp] - var myDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary(); // Creates an empty dictionary. - var pointsDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary + var myDict = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary(); // Creates an empty dictionary. + var pointsDict = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { {"White", 50}, {"Yellow", 75}, @@ -33,15 +44,15 @@ [codeblocks] [gdscript] export(string, "White", "Yellow", "Orange") var my_color - var points_dir = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} + var points_dict = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} func _ready(): # We can't use dot syntax here as `my_color` is a variable. - var points = points_dir[my_color] + var points = points_dict[my_color] [/gdscript] [csharp] [Export(PropertyHint.Enum, "White,Yellow,Orange")] public string MyColor { get; set; } - public Godot.Collections.Dictionary pointsDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary + public Godot.Collections.Dictionary pointsDict = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { {"White", 50}, {"Yellow", 75}, @@ -50,7 +61,7 @@ public override void _Ready() { - int points = (int)pointsDir[MyColor]; + int points = (int)pointsDict[MyColor]; } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] @@ -58,7 +69,7 @@ Dictionaries can contain more complex data: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - my_dir = {"First Array": [1, 2, 3, 4]} # Assigns an Array to a String key. + my_dict = {"First Array": [1, 2, 3, 4]} # Assigns an Array to a String key. [/gdscript] [csharp] var myDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary @@ -70,8 +81,8 @@ To add a key to an existing dictionary, access it like an existing key and assign to it: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var points_dir = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} - points_dir["Blue"] = 150 # Add "Blue" as a key and assign 150 as its value. + var points_dict = {"White": 50, "Yellow": 75, "Orange": 100} + points_dict["Blue"] = 150 # Add "Blue" as a key and assign 150 as its value. [/gdscript] [csharp] var pointsDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary @@ -80,7 +91,7 @@ {"Yellow", 75}, {"Orange", 100} }; - pointsDir["blue"] = 150; // Add "Blue" as a key and assign 150 as its value. + pointsDict["blue"] = 150; // Add "Blue" as a key and assign 150 as its value. [/csharp] [/codeblocks] Finally, dictionaries can contain different types of keys and values in the same dictionary: @@ -89,22 +100,22 @@ # This is a valid dictionary. # To access the string "Nested value" below, use `my_dir.sub_dir.sub_key` or `my_dir["sub_dir"]["sub_key"]`. # Indexing styles can be mixed and matched depending on your needs. - var my_dir = { + var my_dict = { "String Key": 5, 4: [1, 2, 3], 7: "Hello", - "sub_dir": {"sub_key": "Nested value"}, + "sub_dict": {"sub_key": "Nested value"}, } [/gdscript] [csharp] // This is a valid dictionary. // To access the string "Nested value" below, use `my_dir.sub_dir.sub_key` or `my_dir["sub_dir"]["sub_key"]`. // Indexing styles can be mixed and matched depending on your needs. - var myDir = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { + var myDict = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { {"String Key", 5}, {4, new Godot.Collections.Array{1,2,3}}, {7, "Hello"}, - {"sub_dir", new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"sub_key", "Nested value"}}} + {"sub_dict", new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"sub_key", "Nested value"}}} }; [/csharp] [/codeblocks] @@ -117,11 +128,11 @@ func compare_arrays(): print(array1 == array2) # Will print true. - var dir1 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} - var dir2 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} + var dict1 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} + var dict2 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} func compare_dictionaries(): - print(dir1 == dir2) # Will NOT print true. + print(dict1 == dict2) # Will NOT print true. [/gdscript] [csharp] // You have to use GD.Hash(). @@ -135,35 +146,36 @@ GD.Print(GD.Hash(array1) == GD.Hash(array2)); // Will print true. } - public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dir1 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; - public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dir2 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; + public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dict1 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; + public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dict2 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; public void CompareDictionaries() { - GD.Print(dir1 == dir2); // Will NOT print true. + GD.Print(dict1 == dict2); // Will NOT print true. } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] You need to first calculate the dictionary's hash with [method hash] before you can compare them: [codeblocks] [gdscript] - var dir1 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} - var dir2 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} + var dict1 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} + var dict2 = {"a": 1, "b": 2, "c": 3} func compare_dictionaries(): - print(dir1.hash() == dir2.hash()) # Will print true. + print(dict1.hash() == dict2.hash()) # Will print true. [/gdscript] [csharp] // You have to use GD.Hash(). - public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dir1 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; - public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dir2 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; + public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dict1 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; + public Godot.Collections.Dictionary dict2 = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"a", 1}, {"b", 2}, {"c", 3}}; public void CompareDictionaries() { - GD.Print(GD.Hash(dir1) == GD.Hash(dir2)); // Will print true. + GD.Print(GD.Hash(dict1) == GD.Hash(dict2)); // Will print true. } [/csharp] [/codeblocks] + [b]Note:[/b] When declaring a dictionary with [code]const[/code], the dictionary itself can still be mutated by defining the values of individual keys. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent assigning the constant with another value after it was initialized. </description> <tutorials> <link title="GDScript basics: Dictionary">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/gdscript_basics.html#dictionary</link> @@ -322,7 +334,7 @@ <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the size of the dictionary (in pairs). + Returns the number of keys in the dictionary. </description> </method> <method name="values"> diff --git a/doc/classes/DirectionalLight3D.xml b/doc/classes/DirectionalLight3D.xml index afd85a9cb7..233b1f0c16 100644 --- a/doc/classes/DirectionalLight3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/DirectionalLight3D.xml @@ -41,6 +41,9 @@ </member> <member name="shadow_bias" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" override="true" default="0.05" /> <member name="shadow_normal_bias" type="float" setter="set_param" getter="get_param" override="true" default="1.0" /> + <member name="use_in_sky_only" type="bool" setter="set_sky_only" getter="is_sky_only" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], this [DirectionalLight3D] will not be used for anything except sky shaders. Use this for lights that impact your sky shader that you may want to hide from affecting the rest of the scene. For example, you may want to enable this when the sun in your sky shader falls below the horizon. + </member> </members> <constants> <constant name="SHADOW_ORTHOGONAL" value="0" enum="ShadowMode"> diff --git a/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml b/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d2d0c54761..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="DynamicFont" inherits="Font" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - DynamicFont renders vector font files at runtime. - </brief_description> - <description> - DynamicFont renders vector font files (such as TTF or OTF) dynamically at runtime instead of using a prerendered texture atlas like [BitmapFont]. This trades the faster loading time of [BitmapFont]s for the ability to change font parameters like size and spacing during runtime. [DynamicFontData] is used for referencing the font file paths. DynamicFont also supports defining one or more fallback fonts, which will be used when displaying a character not supported by the main font. - DynamicFont uses the [url=https://www.freetype.org/]FreeType[/url] library for rasterization. - [codeblocks] - [gdscript] - var dynamic_font = DynamicFont.new() - dynamic_font.font_data = load("res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf") - dynamic_font.size = 64 - $"Label".set("custom_fonts/font", dynamic_font) - [/gdscript] - [csharp] - var dynamicFont = new DynamicFont(); - dynamicFont.FontData = ResourceLoader.Load<DynamicFontData>("res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf"); - dynamicFont.Size = 64; - GetNode("Label").Set("custom_fonts/font", dynamicFont); - [/csharp] - [/codeblocks] - [b]Note:[/b] DynamicFont doesn't support features such as kerning, right-to-left typesetting, ligatures, text shaping, variable fonts and optional font features yet. If you wish to "bake" an optional font feature into a TTF font file, you can use [url=https://fontforge.org/]FontForge[/url] to do so. In FontForge, use [b]File > Generate Fonts[/b], click [b]Options[/b], choose the desired features then generate the font. - </description> - <tutorials> - <link title="3D Voxel Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676</link> - </tutorials> - <methods> - <method name="add_fallback"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="data" type="DynamicFontData"> - </argument> - <description> - Adds a fallback font. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_available_chars" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <description> - Returns a string containing all the characters available in the main and all the fallback fonts. - If a given character is included in more than one font, it appears only once in the returned string. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_fallback" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="DynamicFontData"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_fallback_count" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <description> - Returns the number of fallback fonts. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]). - </description> - </method> - <method name="remove_fallback"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Removes the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_fallback"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="data" type="DynamicFontData"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]. - </description> - </method> - <method name="set_spacing"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="int"> - </argument> - <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to [code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size). - </description> - </method> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="extra_spacing_bottom" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing at the bottom in pixels. - </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_char" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing for each character in pixels. - This can be a negative number to make the distance between characters smaller. - </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_space" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing for the space character (in addition to [member extra_spacing_char]) in pixels. - This can be a negative number to make the distance between words smaller. - </member> - <member name="extra_spacing_top" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> - Extra spacing at the top in pixels. - </member> - <member name="font_data" type="DynamicFontData" setter="set_font_data" getter="get_font_data"> - The font data. - </member> - <member name="outline_color" type="Color" setter="set_outline_color" getter="get_outline_color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> - The font outline's color. - [b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this at the default value so that you can adjust it in individual controls. For example, if the outline is made black here, it won't be possible to change its color using a Label's font outline modulate theme item. - </member> - <member name="outline_size" type="int" setter="set_outline_size" getter="get_outline_size" default="0"> - The font outline's thickness in pixels (not relative to the font size). - </member> - <member name="size" type="int" setter="set_size" getter="get_size" default="16"> - The font size in pixels. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - <constant name="SPACING_TOP" value="0" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing at the top. - </constant> - <constant name="SPACING_BOTTOM" value="1" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing at the bottom. - </constant> - <constant name="SPACING_CHAR" value="2" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing for each character. - </constant> - <constant name="SPACING_SPACE" value="3" enum="SpacingType"> - Spacing for the space character. - </constant> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml b/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 45585f17e0..0000000000 --- a/doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> -<class name="DynamicFontData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> - <brief_description> - Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a font file. - </brief_description> - <description> - Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a vector font file for dynamic rendering at runtime. - </description> - <tutorials> - <link title="3D Voxel Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676</link> - </tutorials> - <methods> - </methods> - <members> - <member name="antialiased" type="bool" setter="set_antialiased" getter="is_antialiased" default="true"> - If [code]true[/code], the font is rendered with anti-aliasing. This property applies both to the main font and its outline (if it has one). - </member> - <member name="font_path" type="String" setter="set_font_path" getter="get_font_path" default=""""> - The path to the vector font file. - </member> - <member name="hinting" type="int" setter="set_hinting" getter="get_hinting" enum="DynamicFontData.Hinting" default="2"> - The font hinting mode used by FreeType. See [enum Hinting] for options. - </member> - </members> - <constants> - <constant name="HINTING_NONE" value="0" enum="Hinting"> - Disables font hinting (smoother but less crisp). - </constant> - <constant name="HINTING_LIGHT" value="1" enum="Hinting"> - Use the light font hinting mode. - </constant> - <constant name="HINTING_NORMAL" value="2" enum="Hinting"> - Use the default font hinting mode (crisper but less smooth). - </constant> - </constants> -</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml index 4dea1bb645..322cff4e43 100644 --- a/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml +++ b/doc/classes/EditorNode3DGizmoPlugin.xml @@ -59,8 +59,11 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="billboard" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> + <argument index="2" name="texture" type="Texture2D" default="null"> + </argument> <description> Creates a handle material with its variants (selected and/or editable) and adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with [method get_material] and used in [method EditorNode3DGizmo.add_handles]. Should not be overridden. + You can optionally provide a texture to use instead of the default icon. </description> </method> <method name="create_icon_material"> @@ -122,7 +125,7 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo"> + <argument index="1" name="gizmo" type="EditorNode3DGizmo" default="null"> </argument> <description> Gets material from the internal list of materials. If an [EditorNode3DGizmo] is provided, it will try to get the corresponding variant (selected and/or editable). diff --git a/doc/classes/Environment.xml b/doc/classes/Environment.xml index 104c149784..c5b6a54f71 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Environment.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Environment.xml @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ <member name="adjustment_brightness" type="float" setter="set_adjustment_brightness" getter="get_adjustment_brightness" default="1.0"> The global brightness value of the rendered scene. Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]. </member> - <member name="adjustment_color_correction" type="Texture2D" setter="set_adjustment_color_correction" getter="get_adjustment_color_correction"> - Applies the provided [Texture2D] resource to affect the global color aspect of the rendered scene. Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]. + <member name="adjustment_color_correction" type="Texture" setter="set_adjustment_color_correction" getter="get_adjustment_color_correction"> + The [Texture2D] or [Texture3D] lookup table (LUT) to use for the built-in post-process color grading. Can use a [GradientTexture] for a 1-dimensional LUT, or a [Texture3D] for a more complex LUT. Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]. </member> <member name="adjustment_contrast" type="float" setter="set_adjustment_contrast" getter="get_adjustment_contrast" default="1.0"> The global contrast value of the rendered scene (default value is 1). Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]. diff --git a/doc/classes/File.xml b/doc/classes/File.xml index ada57a8114..2f7ac551cf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/File.xml +++ b/doc/classes/File.xml @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ <description> File type. This is used to permanently store data into the user device's file system and to read from it. This can be used to store game save data or player configuration files, for example. Here's a sample on how to write and read from a file: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] func save(content): var file = File.new() file.open("user://save_game.dat", File.WRITE) @@ -19,7 +20,26 @@ var content = file.get_as_text() file.close() return content - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public void Save(string content) + { + var file = new File(); + file.Open("user://save_game.dat", File.ModeFlags.Write); + file.StoreString(content); + file.Close(); + } + + public string Load() + { + var file = new File(); + file.Open("user://save_game.dat", File.ModeFlags.Read); + string content = file.GetAsText(); + file.Close(); + return content; + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] In the example above, the file will be saved in the user data folder as specified in the [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] documentation. [b]Note:[/b] To access project resources once exported, it is recommended to use [ResourceLoader] instead of the [File] API, as some files are converted to engine-specific formats and their original source files might not be present in the exported PCK package. </description> @@ -303,7 +323,8 @@ Stores an integer as 16 bits in the file. [b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, 2^16 - 1][/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around. To store a signed integer, use [method store_64] or store a signed integer from the interval [code][-2^15, 2^15 - 1][/code] (i.e. keeping one bit for the signedness) and compute its sign manually when reading. For example: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] const MAX_15B = 1 << 15 const MAX_16B = 1 << 16 @@ -320,7 +341,22 @@ var read2 = f.get_16() # 121 var converted1 = unsigned16_to_signed(read1) # -42 var converted2 = unsigned16_to_signed(read2) # 121 - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public override void _Ready() + { + var f = new File(); + f.Open("user://file.dat", File.ModeFlags.WriteRead); + f.Store16(unchecked((ushort)-42)); // This wraps around and stores 65494 (2^16 - 42). + f.Store16(121); // In bounds, will store 121. + f.Seek(0); // Go back to start to read the stored value. + ushort read1 = f.Get16(); // 65494 + ushort read2 = f.Get16(); // 121 + short converted1 = BitConverter.ToInt16(BitConverter.GetBytes(read1), 0); // -42 + short converted2 = BitConverter.ToInt16(BitConverter.GetBytes(read2), 0); // 121 + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="store_32"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Font.xml b/doc/classes/Font.xml index f49fbf0d2a..edd2bd137f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Font.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Font.xml @@ -1,60 +1,167 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <class name="Font" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> <brief_description> - Internationalized font and text drawing support. + Font class is set of font data sources used to draw text. </brief_description> <description> - Font contains a Unicode-compatible character set, as well as the ability to draw it with variable width, ascent, descent and kerning. For creating fonts from TTF files (or other font formats), see the editor support for fonts. - [b]Note:[/b] If a DynamicFont doesn't contain a character used in a string, the character in question will be replaced with codepoint [code]0xfffd[/code] if it's available in the DynamicFont. If this replacement character isn't available in the DynamicFont, the character will be hidden without displaying any replacement character in the string. - [b]Note:[/b] If a BitmapFont doesn't contain a character used in a string, the character in question will be hidden without displaying any replacement character in the string. + Font contains a set of glyphs to represent Unicode characters, as well as the ability to draw it with variable width, ascent, descent and kerning. + [b]Note:[/b] A character is a symbol that represents an item (letter, digit etc.) in an abstract way. + [b]Note:[/b] A glyph is a bitmap or shape used to draw a one or more characters in a context-dependent manner. Glyph indices are bound to the specific font data source. + [b]Note:[/b] If a non of the font data sources contain glyphs for a character used in a string, the character in question will be replaced with a box displaying its hexadecimal code. + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var font = Font.new() + font.add_data(load("res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf")) + $"Label".set("custom_fonts/font", font) + $"Label".set("custom_fonts/font_size", 64) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var font = new Font(); + font.AddData(ResourceLoader.Load<FontData>("res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf")); + GetNode("Label").Set("custom_fonts/font", font); + GetNode("Label").Set("custom_font_sizes/font_size", 64); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + To control font substitution priority use [FontData] language and script support. + Use language overrides to use same [Font] stack for multiple languages: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + # Use Naskh font for Persian and Nastaʼlīq font for Urdu text. + var font_data_fa = load("res://NotoNaskhArabicUI_Regular.ttf"); + font_data_fa.set_language_support_override("fa", true); + font_data_fa.set_language_support_override("ur", false); + + var font_data_ur = load("res://NotoNastaliqUrdu_Regular.ttf"); + font_data_ur.set_language_support_override("fa", false); + font_data_ur.set_language_support_override("ur", true); + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Use Naskh font for Persian and Nastaʼlīq font for Urdu text. + var fontDataFA = ResourceLoader.Load<FontData>("res://NotoNaskhArabicUI_Regular.ttf"); + fontDataFA.SetLanguageSupportOverride("fa", true); + fontDataFA.SetLanguageSupportOverride("ur", false); + + var fontDataUR = ResourceLoader.Load<FontData>("res://NotoNastaliqUrdu_Regular.ttf"); + fontDataUR.SetLanguageSupportOverride("fa", false); + fontDataUR.SetLanguageSupportOverride("ur", true); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + Use script overrides to specify supported scripts for bitmap font or for less common scripts not directly supported by TrueType format: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + # Use specified font for Egyptian hieroglyphs. + var font_data = load("res://unifont.ttf"); + font_data.set_script_support_override("Egyp", true); + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Use specified font for Egyptian hieroglyphs. + var fontData = ResourceLoader.Load<FontData>("res://unifont.ttf"); + fontData.SetScriptSupportOverride("Egyp", true); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> - <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="add_data"> <return type="void"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="FontData"> + </argument> + <description> + Add font data source to the set. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_char" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> <argument index="0" name="canvas_item" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="next" type="int" default="0"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="string" type="String"> + <argument index="4" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <argument index="5" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="clip_w" type="int" default="-1"> + <argument index="6" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> </argument> - <argument index="5" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <argument index="7" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> </argument> <description> - Draw [code]string[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally clipping the width. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis. - See also [method CanvasItem.draw_string]. + Draw a single Unicode character [code]char[/code] into a canvas item using the font, at a given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally kerning if [code]next[/code] is passed. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis. + [b]Note:[/b] Do not use this function to draw strings character by character, use [method draw_string] or [TextLine] instead. </description> </method> - <method name="draw_char" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="float"> + <method name="draw_multiline_string" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> </return> <argument index="0" name="canvas_item" type="RID"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="position" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> </argument> - <argument index="2" name="char" type="int"> + <argument index="2" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="align" type="int" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="width" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="max_lines" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="7" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="8" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="9" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> + </argument> + <argument index="10" name="flags" type="int" default="51"> + </argument> + <description> + Breaks [code]text[/code] to the lines using rules specified by [code]flags[/code] and draws it into a canvas item using the font, at a given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, optionally clipping the width and aligning horizontally. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline of the first line, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis. + See also [method CanvasItem.draw_multiline_string]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_string" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas_item" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="align" type="int" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="width" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> </argument> - <argument index="3" name="next" type="int" default="-1"> + <argument index="7" name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> </argument> - <argument index="4" name="modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + <argument index="8" name="outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 0 )"> </argument> - <argument index="5" name="outline" type="bool" default="false"> + <argument index="9" name="flags" type="int" default="3"> </argument> <description> - Draw character [code]char[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally kerning if [code]next[/code] is passed. clipping the width. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis. The width used by the character is returned, making this function useful for drawing strings character by character. + Draw [code]text[/code] into a canvas item using the font, at a given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, optionally clipping the width and aligning horizontally. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis. + See also [method CanvasItem.draw_string]. </description> </method> <method name="get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> - Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + Returns the average font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + [b]Note:[/b] Real ascent of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by this function. Use it only as rough estimate (e.g. as the ascent of empty line). </description> </method> <method name="get_char_size" qualifiers="const"> @@ -64,65 +171,176 @@ </argument> <argument index="1" name="next" type="int" default="0"> </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> Returns the size of a character, optionally taking kerning into account if the next character is provided. + [b]Note:[/b] Do not use this function to calculate width of the string character by character, use [method get_string_size] or [TextLine] instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="FontData"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font data source at index [code]idx[/code]. If the index does not exist, returns [code]null[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_data_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the number of font data sources. </description> </method> <method name="get_descent" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> - Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + Returns the average font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + [b]Note:[/b] Real descent of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by this function. Use it only as rough estimate (e.g. as the descent of empty line). </description> </method> <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> - Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + Returns the total average font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + [b]Note:[/b] Real height of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by this function. Use it only as rough estimate (e.g. as the height of empty line). </description> </method> - <method name="get_string_size" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_multiline_string_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="string" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="width" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="flags" type="int" default="48"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the size of a bounding box of a string broken into the lines, taking kerning and advance into account. + See also [method draw_multiline_string]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_spacing" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="type" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the size of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]). </description> </method> - <method name="get_wordwrap_string_size" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_string_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="string" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="width" type="float"> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> <description> - Returns the size that the string would have with word wrapping enabled with a fixed [code]width[/code]. + Returns the size size of a bounding box of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. + See also [method draw_string]. </description> </method> - <method name="has_outline" qualifiers="const"> - <return type="bool"> + <method name="get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. + If a given character is included in more than one font data source, it appears only once in the returned string. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if the font has an outline. + Return average pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + [b]Note:[/b] Real underline position of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by this function. Use it only as rough estimate. </description> </method> - <method name="is_distance_field_hint" qualifiers="const"> + <method name="get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + Return average thickness of the underline. + [b]Note:[/b] Real underline thickness of the string is context-dependent and can be significantly different from the value returned by this function. Use it only as rough estimate. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_char" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Return [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_data"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes the font data source at index [code]idx[/code]. If the index does not exist, nothing happens. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_data"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="data" type="FontData"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the font data source at index [code]idx[/code]. If the index does not exist, nothing happens. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_spacing"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="type" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> <description> + Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to [code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size). </description> </method> <method name="update_changes"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> - After editing a font (changing size, ascent, char rects, etc.). Call this function to propagate changes to controls that might use it. + After editing a font (changing data sources, etc.). Call this function to propagate changes to controls that might use it. </description> </method> </methods> + <members> + <member name="extra_spacing_bottom" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> + Extra spacing at the bottom in pixels. + </member> + <member name="extra_spacing_top" type="int" setter="set_spacing" getter="get_spacing" default="0"> + Extra character spacing in pixels. + </member> + </members> <constants> + <constant name="SPACING_TOP" value="0" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing at the top of the line. + </constant> + <constant name="SPACING_BOTTOM" value="1" enum="SpacingType"> + Spacing at the bottom of the line. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/FontData.xml b/doc/classes/FontData.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cee424394a --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/FontData.xml @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="FontData" inherits="Resource" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Font data source, file or memory buffer. + </brief_description> + <description> + Built-in text servers support font data sources of the following formats: + - Bitmap fonts in the [url=https://www.angelcode.com/products/bmfont/]BMFont[/url] format. Handles [code].fnt, *.font[/code] fonts containing texture atlases. Non-scalable. Supports distance fields. Complex text shaping support is limited. + - Dynamic fonts using the [url=https://www.freetype.org/]FreeType[/url] and [url=https://github.com/silnrsi/graphite/]Graphite[/url] library for rasterization. Handles [code]*.ttf, *.otf[/code] fonts. Scalable. Doesn't support distance fields. Supports complex text shaping and OpenType features. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="draw_glyph" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts. + Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_glyph_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="outline_size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. If outline drawing is not supported, nothing is drawn. + Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts (regardless of outline drawing support). + Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_base_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the base size of the font (the only size supported for non-scalable fonts, meaningless for scalable fonts). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_descent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_advance" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns advance of the glyph for horizontal and vertical layouts. + Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="variation_selector" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Return the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_glyph_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index_a" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index_b" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a kerning of the pair of glyphs for horizontal and vertical layouts. + Note: Glyph index is bound to the font data, use only glyphs indices returned by [method TextServer.shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method get_glyph_index] for this font data. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_height" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_language_support_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]language[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_language_support_overrides" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <description> + Returns list of language support overrides. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_script_support_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]script[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_script_support_overrides" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <description> + Returns list of script support overrides. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns underline offset (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns underline thickness in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_char" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Return [code]true[/code] if a Unicode [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports drawing glyph outlines. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_language_supported" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given language ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_639-1]ISO 639[/url] code). + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_script_supported" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given script ([url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_15924]ISO 15924[/url] code). + </description> + </method> + <method name="load_memory"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="PackedByteArray"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" default="16"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new font from the data in memory. + Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method get_base_size] to check actual font size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="load_resource"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new font from the file. + Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method get_base_size] to check actual font size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_language_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Remove language support override. + </description> + </method> + <method name="remove_script_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes script support override. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_language_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="supported" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds override for [method is_language_supported]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_script_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="supported" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds override for [method is_script_supported]. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="antialiased" type="bool" setter="set_antialiased" getter="get_antialiased" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], the font is rendered with anti-aliasing. + </member> + <member name="data_path" type="String" setter="set_data_path" getter="get_data_path" default=""""> + The path to the font data file. If font data was loaded from memory location is set to [code]"(Memory)"[/code]. + </member> + <member name="distance_field_hint" type="bool" setter="set_distance_field_hint" getter="get_distance_field_hint" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled. + </member> + <member name="force_autohinter" type="bool" setter="set_force_autohinter" getter="get_force_autohinter" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], default autohinter is used for font hinting. + </member> + <member name="hinting" type="int" setter="set_hinting" getter="get_hinting" enum="TextServer.Hinting" default="0"> + The font hinting mode used by FreeType. See [enum TextServer.Hinting] for options. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml b/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml index a6bcc1301b..4ff54d15ce 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Geometry2D.xml @@ -201,12 +201,21 @@ Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/code], see [enum PolyJoinType]. The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]. [b]Note:[/b] To translate the polygon's vertices specifically, multiply them to a [Transform2D]: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var polygon = PackedVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(100, 0), Vector2(100, 100), Vector2(0, 100)]) var offset = Vector2(50, 50) polygon = Transform2D(0, offset) * polygon print(polygon) # prints [Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(150, 50), Vector2(150, 150), Vector2(50, 150)] - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var polygon = new Vector2[] { new Vector2(0, 0), new Vector2(100, 0), new Vector2(100, 100), new Vector2(0, 100) }; + var offset = new Vector2(50, 50); + // TODO: This code is not valid right now. Ping @aaronfranke about it before Godot 4.0 is out. + //polygon = (Vector2[]) new Transform2D(0, offset).Xform(polygon); + //GD.Print(polygon); // prints [Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(150, 50), Vector2(150, 150), Vector2(50, 150)] + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="offset_polyline"> diff --git a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml index 33074536da..632d138932 100644 --- a/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml +++ b/doc/classes/GraphNode.xml @@ -18,6 +18,13 @@ Disables all input and output slots of the GraphNode. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> <method name="clear_slot"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -95,6 +102,15 @@ Returns the type of the output connection [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_slot_color_left" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> @@ -149,6 +165,17 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) slot [code]idx[/code] is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise. </description> </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_slot"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -184,6 +211,9 @@ <member name="comment" type="bool" setter="set_comment" getter="is_comment" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the GraphNode is a comment node. </member> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="mouse_filter" type="int" setter="set_mouse_filter" getter="get_mouse_filter" override="true" enum="Control.MouseFilter" default="0" /> <member name="offset" type="Vector2" setter="set_offset" getter="get_offset" default="Vector2( 0, 0 )"> The offset of the GraphNode, relative to the scroll offset of the [GraphEdit]. @@ -203,6 +233,9 @@ If [code]true[/code], the close button will be visible. [b]Note:[/b] Pressing it will only emit the [signal close_request] signal, the GraphNode needs to be removed manually. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="title" type="String" setter="set_title" getter="get_title" default=""""> The text displayed in the GraphNode's title bar. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml index ec8ca7456a..b6594aac39 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml @@ -112,17 +112,31 @@ </argument> <description> Generates a GET/POST application/x-www-form-urlencoded style query string from a provided dictionary, e.g.: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var fields = {"username": "user", "password": "pass"} var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields) # Returns "username=user&password=pass" - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var fields = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { { "username", "user" }, { "password", "pass" } }; + string queryString = new HTTPClient().QueryStringFromDict(fields); + // Returns "username=user&password=pass" + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] Furthermore, if a key has a [code]null[/code] value, only the key itself is added, without equal sign and value. If the value is an array, for each value in it a pair with the same key is added. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var fields = {"single": 123, "not_valued": null, "multiple": [22, 33, 44]} var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields) # Returns "single=123&not_valued&multiple=22&multiple=33&multiple=44" - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var fields = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary{{"single", 123}, {"notValued", null}, {"multiple", new Godot.Collections.Array{22, 33, 44}}}; + string queryString = new HTTPClient().QueryStringFromDict(fields); + // Returns "single=123&not_valued&multiple=22&multiple=33&multiple=44" + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="read_response_body_chunk"> @@ -147,12 +161,20 @@ Sends a request to the connected host. The URL parameter is just the part after the host, so for [code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]index.php[/code]. Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum Method]. To create a POST request with query strings to push to the server, do: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var fields = {"username" : "user", "password" : "pass"} var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields) var headers = ["Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded", "Content-Length: " + str(query_string.length())] var result = http_client.request(http_client.METHOD_POST, "index.php", headers, query_string) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var fields = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary { { "username", "user" }, { "password", "pass" } }; + string queryString = new HTTPClient().QueryStringFromDict(fields); + string[] headers = {"Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded", "Content-Length: " + queryString.Length}; + var result = new HTTPClient().Request(HTTPClient.Method.Post, "index.php", headers, queryString); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Note:[/b] The [code]request_data[/code] parameter is ignored if [code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET]. This is because GET methods can't contain request data. As a workaround, you can pass request data as a query string in the URL. See [method String.http_escape] for an example. </description> </method> diff --git a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml index 6eae881ffe..f2ab93033a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ A node with the ability to send HTTP requests. Uses [HTTPClient] internally. Can be used to make HTTP requests, i.e. download or upload files or web content via HTTP. [b]Example of contacting a REST API and printing one of its returned fields:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] func _ready(): # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal. var http_request = HTTPRequest.new() @@ -34,9 +35,48 @@ # Will print the user agent string used by the HTTPRequest node (as recognized by httpbin.org). print(response.headers["User-Agent"]) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public override void _Ready() + { + // Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal. + var httpRequest = new HTTPRequest(); + AddChild(httpRequest); + httpRequest.Connect("request_completed", this, nameof(HttpRequestCompleted)); + + // Perform a GET request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing. + Error error = httpRequest.Request("https://httpbin.org/get"); + if (error != Error.Ok) + { + GD.PushError("An error occurred in the HTTP request."); + } + + // Perform a POST request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing. + // Note: Don't make simultaneous requests using a single HTTPRequest node. + // The snippet below is provided for reference only. + string[] body = { "name", "Godette" }; + // GDScript to_json is non existent, so we use JSON.Print() here. + error = httpRequest.Request("https://httpbin.org/post", null, true, HTTPClient.Method.Post, JSON.Print(body)); + if (error != Error.Ok) + { + GD.PushError("An error occurred in the HTTP request."); + } + } + + + // Called when the HTTP request is completed. + private void HttpRequestCompleted(int result, int response_code, string[] headers, byte[] body) + { + // GDScript parse_json is non existent so we have to use JSON.parse, which has a slightly different syntax. + var response = JSON.Parse(body.GetStringFromUTF8()).Result as Godot.Collections.Dictionary; + // Will print the user agent string used by the HTTPRequest node (as recognized by httpbin.org). + GD.Print((response["headers"] as Godot.Collections.Dictionary)["User-Agent"]); + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Example of loading and displaying an image using HTTPRequest:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] func _ready(): # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal. var http_request = HTTPRequest.new() @@ -51,6 +91,9 @@ # Called when the HTTP request is completed. func _http_request_completed(result, response_code, headers, body): + if result != HTTPRequest.RESULT_SUCCESS: + push_error("Image couldn't be downloaded. Try a different image.") + var image = Image.new() var error = image.load_png_from_buffer(body) if error != OK: @@ -63,7 +106,48 @@ var texture_rect = TextureRect.new() add_child(texture_rect) texture_rect.texture = texture - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public override void _Ready() + { + // Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal. + var httpRequest = new HTTPRequest(); + AddChild(httpRequest); + httpRequest.Connect("request_completed", this, nameof(HttpRequestCompleted)); + + // Perform the HTTP request. The URL below returns a PNG image as of writing. + Error error = httpRequest.Request("https://via.placeholder.com/512"); + if (error != Error.Ok) + { + GD.PushError("An error occurred in the HTTP request."); + } + } + + + // Called when the HTTP request is completed. + private void HttpRequestCompleted(int result, int response_code, string[] headers, byte[] body) + { + if (result != (int)HTTPRequest.Result.Success) + { + GD.PushError("Image couldn't be downloaded. Try a different image."); + } + var image = new Image(); + Error error = image.LoadPngFromBuffer(body); + if (error != Error.Ok) + { + GD.PushError("Couldn't load the image."); + } + + var texture = new ImageTexture(); + texture.CreateFromImage(image); + + // Display the image in a TextureRect node. + var textureRect = new TextureRect(); + AddChild(textureRect); + textureRect.Texture = texture; + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Gzipped response bodies[/b]: HTTPRequest will automatically handle decompression of response bodies. A [code]Accept-Encoding[/code] header will be automatically added to each of your requests, unless one is already specified. Any response with a [code]Content-Encoding: gzip[/code] header will automatically be decompressed and delivered to you as uncompressed bytes. [b]Note:[/b] When performing HTTP requests from a project exported to HTML5, keep in mind the remote server may not allow requests from foreign origins due to [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS]CORS[/url]. If you host the server in question, you should modify its backend to allow requests from foreign origins by adding the [code]Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *[/code] HTTP header. diff --git a/doc/classes/HashingContext.xml b/doc/classes/HashingContext.xml index f8152c813e..e020293d76 100644 --- a/doc/classes/HashingContext.xml +++ b/doc/classes/HashingContext.xml @@ -6,8 +6,9 @@ <description> The HashingContext class provides an interface for computing cryptographic hashes over multiple iterations. This is useful for example when computing hashes of big files (so you don't have to load them all in memory), network streams, and data streams in general (so you don't have to hold buffers). The [enum HashType] enum shows the supported hashing algorithms. - [codeblock] - const CHUNK_SIZE = 1024 + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + const CHUNK_SIZE = 102 func hash_file(path): var ctx = HashingContext.new() @@ -26,7 +27,36 @@ var res = ctx.finish() # Print the result as hex string and array. printt(res.hex_encode(), Array(res)) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public const int ChunkSize = 1024; + + public void HashFile(string path) + { + var ctx = new HashingContext(); + var file = new File(); + // Start a SHA-256 context. + ctx.Start(HashingContext.HashType.Sha256); + // Check that file exists. + if (!file.FileExists(path)) + { + return; + } + // Open the file to hash. + file.Open(path, File.ModeFlags.Read); + // Update the context after reading each chunk. + while (!file.EofReached()) + { + ctx.Update(file.GetBuffer(ChunkSize)); + } + // Get the computed hash. + byte[] res = ctx.Finish(); + // Print the result as hex string and array. + + GD.PrintT(res.HexEncode(), res); + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Image.xml b/doc/classes/Image.xml index 3b108468de..b4325e822c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Image.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Image.xml @@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ Image datatype. </brief_description> <description> - Native image datatype. Contains image data, which can be converted to a [Texture2D], and several functions to interact with it. The maximum width and height for an [Image] are [constant MAX_WIDTH] and [constant MAX_HEIGHT]. - [b]Note:[/b] The maximum image size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. Larger images will fail to import. + Native image datatype. Contains image data which can be converted to an [ImageTexture] and provides commonly used [i]image processing[/i] methods. The maximum width and height for an [Image] are [constant MAX_WIDTH] and [constant MAX_HEIGHT]. + An [Image] cannot be assigned to a [code]texture[/code] property of an object directly (such as [Sprite2D]), and has to be converted manually to an [ImageTexture] first. + [b]Note:[/b] The maximum image size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. Larger images may fail to import. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Importing images">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/assets/importing_images.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="blend_rect"> @@ -267,16 +269,18 @@ <argument index="1" name="y" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixelv], but with two integer arguments instead of a [Vector2] argument. + Returns the color of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code]. + This is the same as [method get_pixelv], but with two integer arguments instead of a [Vector2i] argument. </description> </method> <method name="get_pixelv" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Color"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="src" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <description> - Returns the color of the pixel at [code]src[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixel], but with a [Vector2] argument instead of two integer arguments. + Returns the color of the pixel at [code]point[/code]. + This is the same as [method get_pixel], but with a [Vector2i] argument instead of two integer arguments. </description> </method> <method name="get_rect" qualifiers="const"> @@ -344,6 +348,8 @@ </argument> <description> Loads an image from file [code]path[/code]. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/assets/importing_images.html#supported-image-formats]Supported image formats[/url] for a list of supported image formats and limitations. + [b]Warning:[/b] This method should only be used in the editor or in cases when you need to load external images at run-time, such as images located at the [code]user://[/code] directory, and may not work in exported projects. + See also [ImageTexture] description for usage examples. </description> </method> <method name="load_bmp_from_buffer"> @@ -471,28 +477,56 @@ <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code]. Example: - [codeblock] + Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code] to [code]color[/code]. Example: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var img_width = 10 + var img_height = 5 var img = Image.new() img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8) - img.set_pixel(x, y, color) - [/codeblock] + + img.set_pixel(1, 2, Color.red) # Sets the color at (1, 2) to red. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + int imgWidth = 10; + int imgHeight = 5; + var img = new Image(); + img.Create(imgWidth, imgHeight, false, Image.Format.Rgba8); + + img.SetPixel(1, 2, Colors.Red); // Sets the color at (1, 2) to red. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + This is the same as [method set_pixelv], but with a two integer arguments instead of a [Vector2i] argument. </description> </method> <method name="set_pixelv"> <return type="void"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="dst" type="Vector2"> + <argument index="0" name="point" type="Vector2i"> </argument> <argument index="1" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](dst.x, dst.y)[/code]. Note that the [code]dst[/code] values must be integers. Example: - [codeblock] + Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code]point[/code] to [code]color[/code]. Example: + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var img_width = 10 + var img_height = 5 var img = Image.new() img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8) - img.set_pixelv(Vector2(x, y), color) - [/codeblock] + + img.set_pixelv(Vector2i(1, 2), Color.red) # Sets the color at (1, 2) to red. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + int imgWidth = 10; + int imgHeight = 5; + var img = new Image(); + img.Create(imgWidth, imgHeight, false, Image.Format.Rgba8); + + img.SetPixelv(new Vector2i(1, 2), Colors.Red); // Sets the color at (1, 2) to red. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] + This is the same as [method set_pixel], but with a [Vector2i] argument instead of two integer arguments. </description> </method> <method name="shrink_x2"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml index d122d74e85..2bea482bc1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml @@ -4,10 +4,31 @@ A [Texture2D] based on an [Image]. </brief_description> <description> - A [Texture2D] based on an [Image]. Can be created from an [Image] with [method create_from_image]. - [b]Note:[/b] The maximum image size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. Larger images will fail to import. + A [Texture2D] based on an [Image]. For an image to be displayed, an [ImageTexture] has to be created from it using the [method create_from_image] method: + [codeblock] + var texture = ImageTexture.new() + var image = Image.new() + image.load("res://icon.png") + texture.create_from_image(image) + $Sprite2D.texture = texture + [/codeblock] + This way, textures can be created at run-time by loading images both from within the editor and externally. + [b]Warning:[/b] Prefer to load imported textures with [method @GDScript.load] over loading them from within the filesystem dynamically with [method Image.load], as it may not work in exported projects: + [codeblock] + var texture = load("res://icon.png") + $Sprite2D.texture = texture + [/codeblock] + This is because images have to be imported as [StreamTexture2D] first to be loaded with [method @GDScript.load]. If you'd still like to load an image file just like any other [Resource], import it as an [Image] resource instead, and then load it normally using the [method @GDScript.load] method. + But do note that the image data can still be retrieved from an imported texture as well using the [method Texture2D.get_data] method, which returns a copy of the data: + [codeblock] + var texture = load("res://icon.png") + var image : Image = texture.get_data() + [/codeblock] + An [ImageTexture] is not meant to be operated from within the editor interface directly, and is mostly useful for rendering images on screen dynamically via code. If you need to generate images procedurally from within the editor, consider saving and importing images as custom texture resources implementing a new [EditorImportPlugin]. + [b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. </description> <tutorials> + <link title="Importing images">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/assets_pipeline/importing_images.html</link> </tutorials> <methods> <method name="create_from_image"> @@ -16,14 +37,14 @@ <argument index="0" name="image" type="Image"> </argument> <description> - Create a new [ImageTexture] from an [Image]. + Initializes the texture by allocating and setting the data from an [Image]. </description> </method> <method name="get_format" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int" enum="Image.Format"> </return> <description> - Returns the format of the [ImageTexture], one of [enum Image.Format]. + Returns the format of the texture, one of [enum Image.Format]. </description> </method> <method name="set_size_override"> @@ -32,7 +53,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="size" type="Vector2"> </argument> <description> - Resizes the [ImageTexture] to the specified dimensions. + Resizes the texture to the specified dimensions. </description> </method> <method name="update"> @@ -43,7 +64,9 @@ <argument index="1" name="immediate" type="bool" default="false"> </argument> <description> - Replaces the texture's data with a new [code]image[/code]. If [code]immediate[/code] is [code]true[/code], it will take effect immediately after the call. + Replaces the texture's data with a new [Image]. If [code]immediate[/code] is [code]true[/code], it will take effect immediately after the call. + [b]Note:[/b] The texture has to be initialized first with the [method create_from_image] method before it can be updated. The new image dimensions, format, and mipmaps configuration should match the existing texture's image configuration, otherwise it has to be re-created with the [method create_from_image] method. + Use this method over [method create_from_image] if you need to update the texture frequently, which is faster than allocating additional memory for a new texture each time. </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Input.xml b/doc/classes/Input.xml index fb0ed8ff62..cfb3e8d981 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Input.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Input.xml @@ -49,11 +49,20 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the acceleration of the device's accelerometer, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the acceleration of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. Note this method returns an empty [Vector3] when running from the editor even when your device has an accelerometer. You must export your project to a supported device to read values from the accelerometer. [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on iOS, Android, and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_action_raw_strength" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="action" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the raw intensity of the given action, ignoring the action's deadzone. In most cases, you should use [method get_action_strength] instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_action_strength" qualifiers="const"> <return type="float"> </return> @@ -63,6 +72,18 @@ Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the intensity of the given action. In a joypad, for example, the further away the axis (analog sticks or L2, R2 triggers) is from the dead zone, the closer the value will be to 1. If the action is mapped to a control that has no axis as the keyboard, the value returned will be 0 or 1. </description> </method> + <method name="get_axis" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="negative_action" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="positive_action" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Get axis input by specifying two actions, one negative and one positive. + This is a horthand for writing [code]Input.get_action_strength("positive_action") - Input.get_action_strength("negative_action")[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_connected_joypads"> <return type="Array"> </return> @@ -81,7 +102,7 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the gravity of the device's accelerometer, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the gravity of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> @@ -89,8 +110,8 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the rotation rate in rad/s around a device's X, Y, and Z axes of the gyroscope, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. - [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the rotation rate in rad/s around a device's X, Y, and Z axes of the gyroscope sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> <method name="get_joy_axis" qualifiers="const"> @@ -104,42 +125,6 @@ Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum JoyAxisList]). </description> </method> - <method name="get_joy_axis_index_from_string"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis" type="String"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the index of the provided axis name. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_joy_axis_string"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="axis_index" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Receives a [enum JoyAxisList] axis and returns its equivalent name as a string. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_joy_button_index_from_string"> - <return type="int"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="button" type="String"> - </argument> - <description> - Returns the index of the provided button name. - </description> - </method> - <method name="get_joy_button_string"> - <return type="String"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="button_index" type="int"> - </argument> - <description> - Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoyButtonList] and returns its equivalent name as a string. - </description> - </method> <method name="get_joy_guid" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -187,8 +172,8 @@ <return type="Vector3"> </return> <description> - Returns the the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the device's magnetometer, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. - [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + Returns the the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the device's magnetometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. + [b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android, iOS and UWP. On other platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. </description> </method> <method name="get_mouse_button_mask" qualifiers="const"> @@ -205,6 +190,25 @@ Returns the mouse mode. See the constants for more information. </description> </method> + <method name="get_vector" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="negative_x" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="positive_x" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="negative_y" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="positive_y" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="deadzone" type="float" default="-1.0"> + </argument> + <description> + Get vector input by specifying four actions, two for the X axis and two for the Y axis, negative and positive. + This method is useful when getting vector input, such as from a joystick, directional pad, arrows, or WASD. The vector has its length limited to 1 and has a circular deadzone, which is useful for using vector input as movement. + By default, the deadzone is automatically calculated from the average of the action deadzones. However, you can override the deadzone to be whatever you want (on the range of 0 to 1). + </description> + </method> <method name="is_action_just_pressed" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -295,12 +299,20 @@ <description> Feeds an [InputEvent] to the game. Can be used to artificially trigger input events from code. Also generates [method Node._input] calls. Example: - [codeblock] - var a = InputEventAction.new() - a.action = "ui_cancel" - a.pressed = true - Input.parse_input_event(a) - [/codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var cancel_event = InputEventAction.new() + cancel_event.action = "ui_cancel" + cancel_event.pressed = true + Input.parse_input_event(cancel_event) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var cancelEvent = new InputEventAction(); + cancelEvent.Action = "ui_cancel"; + cancelEvent.Pressed = true; + Input.ParseInputEvent(cancelEvent); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="remove_joy_mapping"> @@ -391,7 +403,7 @@ </argument> <description> Vibrate Android and iOS devices. - [b]Note:[/b] It needs VIBRATE permission for Android at export settings. iOS does not support duration. + [b]Note:[/b] It needs [code]VIBRATE[/code] permission for Android at export settings. iOS does not support duration. </description> </method> <method name="warp_mouse_position"> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml index 667879a922..dd782209e5 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ <member name="shift" type="bool" setter="set_shift" getter="get_shift" default="false"> State of the [kbd]Shift[/kbd] modifier. </member> + <member name="store_command" type="bool" setter="set_store_command" getter="is_storing_command" default="true"> + If [code]true[/code], pressing [kbd]Cmd[/kbd] on macOS or [kbd]Ctrl[/kbd] on all other platforms will both be serialized as [member command]. If [code]false[/code], those same keys will be serialized as [member meta] on macOS and [member control] on all other platforms. + This aids with cross-platform compatibility when developing e.g. on Windows for macOS, or vice-versa. + </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/InputMap.xml b/doc/classes/InputMap.xml index 062ac3869d..49d29b3a53 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InputMap.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InputMap.xml @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Returns [code]true[/code] if the [InputMap] has a registered action with the given name. </description> </method> - <method name="load_from_globals"> + <method name="load_from_project_settings"> <return type="void"> </return> <description> diff --git a/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml b/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml index 39827f6604..defd23afb1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml +++ b/doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml @@ -18,13 +18,14 @@ <argument index="1" name="custom_scene" type="PackedScene" default="null"> </argument> <description> + Not thread-safe. Use [method Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread. </description> </method> <method name="get_instance_path" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Gets the path to the [PackedScene] resource file that is loaded by default when calling [method create_instance]. + Gets the path to the [PackedScene] resource file that is loaded by default when calling [method create_instance]. Not thread-safe. Use [method Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread. </description> </method> <method name="get_stored_values"> diff --git a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml index 25420bd77b..0fd0fe7b3d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ItemList.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ItemList.xml @@ -43,6 +43,15 @@ Removes all items from the list. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_item_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features from the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="ensure_current_is_visible"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -114,6 +123,15 @@ Returns the region of item's icon used. The whole icon will be used if the region has no area. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text language code. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_metadata" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -123,6 +141,17 @@ Returns the metadata value of the specified index. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] of the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_text" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -132,6 +161,15 @@ Returns the text associated with the specified index. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_text_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -247,11 +285,16 @@ <argument index="1" name="custom_bg_color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets the background color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to the specified [Color]. - [codeblock] - var some_string = "Some text" - some_string.set_item_custom_bg_color(0,Color(1, 0, 0, 1) # This will set the background color of the first item of the control to red. - [/codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var itemList = ItemList.new() + some_string.set_item_custom_bg_color(0, Color.red) # This will set the background color of the first item of the control to red. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var itemList = new ItemList(); + itemList.SetItemCustomBgColor(0, Colors.Red); // This will set the background color of the first item of the control to red. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="set_item_custom_fg_color"> @@ -263,10 +306,16 @@ </argument> <description> Sets the foreground color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to the specified [Color]. - [codeblock] - var some_string = "Some text" - some_string.set_item_custom_fg_color(0,Color(1, 0, 0, 1) # This will set the foreground color of the first item of the control to red. - [/codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var item_list = ItemList.new() + item_list.set_item_custom_fg_color(0, Color.red) # This will set the foreground color of the first item of the control to red. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var itemList = new ItemList(); + itemList.SetItemCustomFgColor(0, Colors.Red); // This will set the foreground color of the first item of the control to red. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="set_item_disabled"> @@ -325,6 +374,17 @@ Sets whether the item icon will be drawn transposed. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_language"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets language code of item's text used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_metadata"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -336,6 +396,19 @@ Sets a value (of any type) to be stored with the item associated with the specified index. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] for the item's text. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_selectable"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -358,6 +431,17 @@ Sets text of the item associated with the specified index. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_text_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_tooltip"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -533,6 +617,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_selected" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the item is selected. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the item's text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="guide_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 0.1 )"> [Color] of the guideline. The guideline is a line drawn between each row of items. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml b/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml index 4dbceb35e9..991ebcd7a0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml +++ b/doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml @@ -24,13 +24,26 @@ A [Variant] containing the parsed JSON. Use [method @GDScript.typeof] or the [code]is[/code] keyword to check if it is what you expect. For example, if the JSON source starts with curly braces ([code]{}[/code]), a [Dictionary] will be returned. If the JSON source starts with brackets ([code][][/code]), an [Array] will be returned. [b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, parsing a JSON text will convert all numerical values to [float] types. [b]Note:[/b] JSON objects do not preserve key order like Godot dictionaries, thus, you should not rely on keys being in a certain order if a dictionary is constructed from JSON. In contrast, JSON arrays retain the order of their elements: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var p = JSON.parse('["hello", "world", "!"]') if typeof(p.result) == TYPE_ARRAY: print(p.result[0]) # Prints "hello" else: push_error("Unexpected results.") - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + JSONParseResult p = JSON.Parse("[\"hello\"], \"world\", \"!\"]"); + if (p.Result is Godot.Collections.Array) + { + GD.Print((p.Result as Godot.Collections.Array)[0]); // Prints "hello" + } + else + { + GD.PushError("Unexpected results."); + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> </members> <constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/JSONParser.xml b/doc/classes/JSONParser.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31ba295418 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/JSONParser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="JSONParser" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + </brief_description> + <description> + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="decode_data"> + <return type="int" enum="Error"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="indent" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="sort_keys" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_data" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Variant"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_error_line" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_error_text" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_string" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="parse_string"> + <return type="int" enum="Error"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="json_string" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml index 425df00b6f..476b64a336 100644 --- a/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml @@ -37,11 +37,20 @@ <description> Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about a collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1). [b]Example usage:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] for i in get_slide_count(): var collision = get_slide_collision(i) print("Collided with: ", collision.collider.name) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + for (int i = 0; i < GetSlideCount(); i++) + { + KinematicCollision2D collision = GetSlideCollision(i); + GD.Print("Collided with: ", (collision.Collider as Node).Name); + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_slide_count" qualifiers="const"> diff --git a/doc/classes/Label.xml b/doc/classes/Label.xml index 570d7f075b..1edf31de4a 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Label.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Label.xml @@ -11,6 +11,13 @@ <link title="2D Dodge The Creeps Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/515</link> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -21,8 +28,21 @@ <method name="get_line_height" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int" default="-1"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the height of the line [code]line[/code]. + If [code]line[/code] is set to [code]-1[/code], returns biggest line height. + If there're no lines returns font size in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> <description> - Returns the font size in pixels. + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_total_character_count" qualifiers="const"> @@ -39,6 +59,17 @@ Returns the number of lines shown. Useful if the [Label]'s height cannot currently display all lines. </description> </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_align" getter="get_align" enum="Label.Align" default="0"> @@ -50,6 +81,9 @@ <member name="clip_text" type="bool" setter="set_clip_text" getter="is_clipping_text" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the Label only shows the text that fits inside its bounding rectangle. It also lets you scale the node down freely. </member> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="lines_skipped" type="int" setter="set_lines_skipped" getter="get_lines_skipped" default="0"> The node ignores the first [code]lines_skipped[/code] lines before it starts to display text. </member> @@ -61,9 +95,18 @@ Limits the amount of visible characters. If you set [code]percent_visible[/code] to 0.5, only up to half of the text's characters will display on screen. Useful to animate the text in a dialog box. </member> <member name="size_flags_vertical" type="int" setter="set_v_size_flags" getter="get_v_size_flags" override="true" default="4" /> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override" type="int" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser" default="0"> + Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. + </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override_options" type="Array" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" default="[ ]"> + Set additional options for BiDi override. + </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> The text to display on screen. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="uppercase" type="bool" setter="set_uppercase" getter="is_uppercase" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], all the text displays as UPPERCASE. </member> @@ -85,7 +128,7 @@ Align rows to the right. </constant> <constant name="ALIGN_FILL" value="3" enum="Align"> - Expand row whitespaces to fit the width. + Expand row to fit the width. </constant> <constant name="VALIGN_TOP" value="0" enum="VAlign"> Align the whole text to the top. @@ -111,7 +154,10 @@ [Color] of the text's shadow effect. </theme_item> <theme_item name="font_outline_modulate" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> - The tint of [Font]'s outline. See [member DynamicFont.outline_color]. + The tint of [Font]'s outline. + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [Label]'s text. </theme_item> <theme_item name="line_spacing" type="int" default="3"> Vertical space between lines in multiline [Label]. @@ -119,8 +165,8 @@ <theme_item name="normal" type="StyleBox"> Background [StyleBox] for the [Label]. </theme_item> - <theme_item name="shadow_as_outline" type="int" default="0"> - Boolean value. If set to 1 ([code]true[/code]), the shadow will be displayed around the whole text as an outline. + <theme_item name="outline_size" type="int" default="0"> + Text outline size. </theme_item> <theme_item name="shadow_offset_x" type="int" default="1"> The horizontal offset of the text's shadow. @@ -128,5 +174,8 @@ <theme_item name="shadow_offset_y" type="int" default="1"> The vertical offset of the text's shadow. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="shadow_outline_size" type="int" default="1"> + Shadow outline size. If set to 1 or greater, the shadow will be displayed around the whole text as an outline. + </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml index 5c2dffd538..f05121d48c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LineEdit.xml @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ - [kbd]Ctrl + X[/kbd]: Cut - [kbd]Ctrl + V[/kbd] or [kbd]Ctrl + Y[/kbd]: Paste/"yank" - [kbd]Ctrl + Z[/kbd]: Undo + - [kbd]Ctrl + ~[/kbd]: Swap input direction. - [kbd]Ctrl + Shift + Z[/kbd]: Redo - [kbd]Ctrl + U[/kbd]: Delete text from the cursor position to the beginning of the line - [kbd]Ctrl + K[/kbd]: Delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line @@ -46,6 +47,13 @@ Erases the [LineEdit]'s [member text]. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> <method name="delete_char_at_cursor"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -78,6 +86,15 @@ Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [LineEdit]. By default, this menu is displayed when right-clicking on the [LineEdit]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_scroll_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -103,12 +120,20 @@ </argument> <description> Selects characters inside [LineEdit] between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]. By default, [code]from[/code] is at the beginning and [code]to[/code] at the end. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] text = "Welcome" select() # Will select "Welcome". select(4) # Will select "ome". select(2, 5) # Will select "lco". - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + Text = "Welcome"; + Select(); // Will select "Welcome". + Select(4); // Will select "ome". + Select(2, 5); // Will select "lco". + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="select_all"> @@ -118,6 +143,17 @@ Selects the whole [String]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_align" getter="get_align" enum="LineEdit.Align" default="0"> @@ -131,6 +167,10 @@ </member> <member name="caret_force_displayed" type="bool" setter="cursor_set_force_displayed" getter="cursor_get_force_displayed" default="false"> </member> + <member name="caret_mid_grapheme" type="bool" setter="set_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" getter="get_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" default="false"> + Allow moving caret, selecting and removing the individual composite character components. + Note: [kbd]Backspace[/kbd] is always removing individual composite character components. + </member> <member name="caret_position" type="int" setter="set_cursor_position" getter="get_cursor_position" default="0"> The cursor's position inside the [LineEdit]. When set, the text may scroll to accommodate it. </member> @@ -140,6 +180,9 @@ <member name="context_menu_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_context_menu_enabled" getter="is_context_menu_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the context menu will appear when right-clicked. </member> + <member name="draw_control_chars" type="bool" setter="set_draw_control_chars" getter="get_draw_control_chars" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], control characters are displayed. + </member> <member name="editable" type="bool" setter="set_editable" getter="is_editable" default="true"> If [code]false[/code], existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot be added. </member> @@ -147,6 +190,9 @@ If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] width will increase to stay longer than the [member text]. It will [b]not[/b] compress if the [member text] is shortened. </member> <member name="focus_mode" type="int" setter="set_focus_mode" getter="get_focus_mode" override="true" enum="Control.FocusMode" default="2" /> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="max_length" type="int" setter="set_max_length" getter="get_max_length" default="0"> Maximum amount of characters that can be entered inside the [LineEdit]. If [code]0[/code], there is no limit. </member> @@ -172,10 +218,19 @@ <member name="shortcut_keys_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_shortcut_keys_enabled" getter="is_shortcut_keys_enabled" default="true"> If [code]false[/code], using shortcuts will be disabled. </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override" type="int" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser" default="0"> + Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. + </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override_options" type="Array" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" default="[ ]"> + Set additional options for BiDi override. + </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> String value of the [LineEdit]. [b]Note:[/b] Changing text using this property won't emit the [signal text_changed] signal. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="virtual_keyboard_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_virtual_keyboard_enabled" getter="is_virtual_keyboard_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], the native virtual keyboard is shown when focused on platforms that support it. </member> @@ -212,7 +267,7 @@ Aligns the text on the right-hand side of the [LineEdit]. </constant> <constant name="ALIGN_FILL" value="3" enum="Align"> - Stretches whitespaces to fit the [LineEdit]'s width. + Expand row to fit the [LineEdit]'s width. </constant> <constant name="MENU_CUT" value="0" enum="MenuItems"> Cuts (copies and clears) the selected text. @@ -236,7 +291,70 @@ <constant name="MENU_REDO" value="6" enum="MenuItems"> Reverse the last undo action. </constant> - <constant name="MENU_MAX" value="7" enum="MenuItems"> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_INHERITED" value="7" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to inherited. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_AUTO" value="8" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to automatic. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_LTR" value="9" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to left-to-right. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_RTL" value="10" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to right-to-left. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DISPLAY_UCC" value="11" enum="MenuItems"> + Toggles control character display. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRM" value="12" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts left-to-right mark (LRM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLM" value="13" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts right-to-left mark (RLM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRE" value="14" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of left-to-right embedding (LRE) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLE" value="15" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of right-to-left embedding (RLE) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRO" value="16" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of left-to-right override (LRO) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLO" value="17" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of right-to-left override (RLO) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_PDF" value="18" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts pop direction formatting (PDF) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ALM" value="19" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts Arabic letter mark (ALM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRI" value="20" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts left-to-right isolate (LRI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLI" value="21" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts right-to-left isolate (RLI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_FSI" value="22" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts first strong isolate (FSI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_PDI" value="23" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts pop direction isolate (PDI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ZWJ" value="24" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts zero width joiner (ZWJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ZWNJ" value="25" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts zero width non-joiner (ZWNJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_WJ" value="26" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts word joiner (WJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_SHY" value="27" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts soft hyphen (SHY) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_MAX" value="28" enum="MenuItems"> Represents the size of the [enum MenuItems] enum. </constant> </constants> @@ -268,6 +386,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_uneditable" type="Color" default="Color( 0.88, 0.88, 0.88, 0.5 )"> Font color when editing is disabled. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [LineEdit]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="minimum_spaces" type="int" default="12"> Minimum horizontal space for the text (not counting the clear button and content margins). This value is measured in count of space characters (i.e. this amount of space characters can be displayed without scrolling). </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml b/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml index 15307de897..4b8ab3a6cf 100644 --- a/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/LinkButton.xml @@ -10,12 +10,51 @@ <tutorials> </tutorials> <methods> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> </methods> <members> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="mouse_default_cursor_shape" type="int" setter="set_default_cursor_shape" getter="get_default_cursor_shape" override="true" enum="Control.CursorShape" default="2" /> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override" type="int" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser" default="0"> + Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. + </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override_options" type="Array" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" default="[ ]"> + Set additional options for BiDi override. + </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> The button's text that will be displayed inside the button's area. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="underline" type="int" setter="set_underline_mode" getter="get_underline_mode" enum="LinkButton.UnderlineMode" default="0"> Determines when to show the underline. See [enum UnderlineMode] for options. </member> @@ -47,6 +86,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is being pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [LinkButton]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="underline_spacing" type="int" default="2"> The vertical space between the baseline of text and the underline. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml index 3c3cbbfa29..7682379b64 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MainLoop.xml @@ -126,5 +126,8 @@ Notification received from the OS when the application is defocused, i.e. when changing the focus from any open window of the Godot instance to the OS desktop or a thirdparty application. Implemented on desktop platforms. </constant> + <constant name="NOTIFICATION_TEXT_SERVER_CHANGED" value="2018"> + Notification received when text server is changed. + </constant> </constants> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml b/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml index fb5f437239..c8eebd4677 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml @@ -6,13 +6,22 @@ <description> Adds a top, left, bottom, and right margin to all [Control] nodes that are direct children of the container. To control the [MarginContainer]'s margin, use the [code]margin_*[/code] theme properties listed below. [b]Note:[/b] Be careful, [Control] margin values are different than the constant margin values. If you want to change the custom margin values of the [MarginContainer] by code, you should use the following examples: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var margin_value = 100 set("custom_constants/margin_top", margin_value) set("custom_constants/margin_left", margin_value) set("custom_constants/margin_bottom", margin_value) set("custom_constants/margin_right", margin_value) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + int marginValue = 100; + Set("custom_constants/margin_top", marginValue); + Set("custom_constants/margin_left", marginValue); + Set("custom_constants/margin_bottom", marginValue); + Set("custom_constants/margin_right", marginValue); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml index fe38c08280..ac371d1e7b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MenuButton.xml @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is being pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [MenuButton]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is being hovered. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml index dcc3bbf2a6..e107b1a108 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml @@ -7,16 +7,44 @@ MeshDataTool provides access to individual vertices in a [Mesh]. It allows users to read and edit vertex data of meshes. It also creates an array of faces and edges. To use MeshDataTool, load a mesh with [method create_from_surface]. When you are finished editing the data commit the data to a mesh with [method commit_to_surface]. Below is an example of how MeshDataTool may be used. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var mesh = ArrayMesh.new() + mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, CubeMesh.new().get_mesh_arrays()) var mdt = MeshDataTool.new() mdt.create_from_surface(mesh, 0) for i in range(mdt.get_vertex_count()): var vertex = mdt.get_vertex(i) - ... + # In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in seperated faces as it is flat shaded. + vertex += mdt.get_vertex_normal(i) + # Save your change. mdt.set_vertex(i, vertex) mesh.surface_remove(0) mdt.commit_to_surface(mesh) - [/codeblock] + var mi = MeshInstance.new() + mi.mesh = mesh + add_child(mi) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var mesh = new ArrayMesh(); + mesh.AddSurfaceFromArrays(Mesh.PrimitiveType.Triangles, new CubeMesh().GetMeshArrays()); + var mdt = new MeshDataTool(); + mdt.CreateFromSurface(mesh, 0); + for (var i = 0; i < mdt.GetVertexCount(); i++) + { + Vector3 vertex = mdt.GetVertex(i); + // In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in seperated faces as it is flat shaded. + vertex += mdt.GetVertexNormal(i); + // Save your change. + mdt.SetVertex(i, vertex); + } + mesh.SurfaceRemove(0); + mdt.CommitToSurface(mesh); + var mi = new MeshInstance(); + mi.Mesh = mesh; + AddChild(mi); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] See also [ArrayMesh], [ImmediateGeometry3D] and [SurfaceTool] for procedural geometry generation. [b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle primitive modes. </description> diff --git a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml index 9c753818d9..fcc259fb44 100644 --- a/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml +++ b/doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml @@ -75,16 +75,6 @@ Sends the given raw [code]bytes[/code] to a specific peer identified by [code]id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Default ID is [code]0[/code], i.e. broadcast to all peers. </description> </method> - <method name="set_root_node"> - <return type="void"> - </return> - <argument index="0" name="node" type="Node"> - </argument> - <description> - Sets the base root node to use for RPCs. Instead of an absolute path, a relative path will be used to find the node upon which the RPC should be executed. - This effectively allows to have different branches of the scene tree to be managed by different MultiplayerAPI, allowing for example to run both client and server in the same scene. - </description> - </method> </methods> <members> <member name="allow_object_decoding" type="bool" setter="set_allow_object_decoding" getter="is_object_decoding_allowed" default="false"> @@ -97,6 +87,10 @@ <member name="refuse_new_network_connections" type="bool" setter="set_refuse_new_network_connections" getter="is_refusing_new_network_connections" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] refuses new incoming connections. </member> + <member name="root_node" type="Node" setter="set_root_node" getter="get_root_node"> + The root node to use for RPCs. Instead of an absolute path, a relative path will be used to find the node upon which the RPC should be executed. + This effectively allows to have different branches of the scene tree to be managed by different MultiplayerAPI, allowing for example to run both client and server in the same scene. + </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="connected_to_server"> diff --git a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml index e75efa3b27..38921078d7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml @@ -6,22 +6,41 @@ <description> There are two ways to create polygons. Either by using the [method add_outline] method, or using the [method add_polygon] method. Using [method add_outline]: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new() var outline = PackedVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(50, 0)]) polygon.add_outline(outline) polygon.make_polygons_from_outlines() $NavigationRegion2D.navpoly = polygon - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var polygon = new NavigationPolygon(); + var outline = new Vector2[] { new Vector2(0, 0), new Vector2(0, 50), new Vector2(50, 50), new Vector2(50, 0) }; + polygon.AddOutline(outline); + polygon.MakePolygonsFromOutlines(); + GetNode<NavigationRegion2D>("NavigationRegion2D").Navpoly = polygon; + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] Using [method add_polygon] and indices of the vertices array. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new() var vertices = PackedVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(50, 0)]) - polygon.set_vertices(vertices) + polygon.vertices = vertices var indices = PackedInt32Array(0, 3, 1) polygon.add_polygon(indices) $NavigationRegion2D.navpoly = polygon - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var polygon = new NavigationPolygon(); + var vertices = new Vector2[] { new Vector2(0, 0), new Vector2(0, 50), new Vector2(50, 50), new Vector2(50, 0) }; + polygon.Vertices = vertices; + var indices = new int[] { 0, 3, 1 }; + polygon.AddPolygon(indices); + GetNode<NavigationRegion2D>("NavigationRegion2D").Navpoly = polygon; + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> <link title="2D Navigation Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/117</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/Node.xml b/doc/classes/Node.xml index 2e8b76865d..62d88afa51 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Node.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Node.xml @@ -130,11 +130,22 @@ Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its topmost node. If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node will have an human-readable name based on the name of the node being instanced instead of its type. [b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. For example: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var child_node = get_child(0) if child_node.get_parent(): child_node.get_parent().remove_child(child_node) add_child(child_node) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + Node childNode = GetChild(0); + if (childNode.GetParent() != null) + { + childNode.GetParent().RemoveChild(childNode); + } + AddChild(childNode); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] If you need the child node to be added below a specific node in the list of children, use [method add_sibling] instead of this method. [b]Note:[/b] If you want a child to be persisted to a [PackedScene], you must set [member owner] in addition to calling [method add_child]. This is typically relevant for [url=https://godot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/tutorials/misc/running_code_in_the_editor.html]tool scripts[/url] and [url=https://godot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html]editor plugins[/url]. If [method add_child] is called without setting [member owner], the newly added [Node] will not be visible in the scene tree, though it will be visible in the 2D/3D view. </description> @@ -275,12 +286,20 @@ /root/Swamp/Goblin [/codeblock] Possible paths are: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] get_node("Sword") get_node("Backpack/Dagger") get_node("../Swamp/Alligator") get_node("/root/MyGame") - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + GetNode("Sword"); + GetNode("Backpack/Dagger"); + GetNode("../Swamp/Alligator"); + GetNode("/root/MyGame"); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_node_and_resource"> @@ -292,11 +311,18 @@ Fetches a node and one of its resources as specified by the [NodePath]'s subname (e.g. [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape[/code]). If several nested resources are specified in the [NodePath], the last one will be fetched. The return value is an array of size 3: the first index points to the [Node] (or [code]null[/code] if not found), the second index points to the [Resource] (or [code]null[/code] if not found), and the third index is the remaining [NodePath], if any. For example, assuming that [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D[/code] is a valid node and that its [code]shape[/code] property has been assigned a [RectangleShape2D] resource, one could have this kind of output: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] print(get_node_and_resource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D")) # [[CollisionShape2D:1161], Null, ] print(get_node_and_resource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape")) # [[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], ] print(get_node_and_resource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape:extents")) # [[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], :extents] - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + GD.Print(GetNodeAndResource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D")); // [[CollisionShape2D:1161], Null, ] + GD.Print(GetNodeAndResource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape")); // [[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], ] + GD.Print(GetNodeAndResource("Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape:extents")); // [[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], :extents] + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_node_or_null" qualifiers="const"> @@ -756,7 +782,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Enables or disables internal physics for this node. Internal physics processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _physics_process] calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is paused or physics processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_physics_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behaviour. + Enables or disables internal physics for this node. Internal physics processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _physics_process] calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is paused or physics processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_physics_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behavior. + [b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported. </description> </method> <method name="set_process"> @@ -783,7 +810,8 @@ <argument index="0" name="enable" type="bool"> </argument> <description> - Enables or disabled internal processing for this node. Internal processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _process] calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is paused or processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behaviour. + Enables or disabled internal processing for this node. Internal processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _process] calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is paused or processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behavior. + [b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported. </description> </method> <method name="set_process_unhandled_input"> @@ -985,6 +1013,9 @@ Notification received from the OS when the application is defocused, i.e. when changing the focus from any open window of the Godot instance to the OS desktop or a thirdparty application. Implemented on desktop platforms. </constant> + <constant name="NOTIFICATION_TEXT_SERVER_CHANGED" value="2018"> + Notification received when text server is changed. + </constant> <constant name="PAUSE_MODE_INHERIT" value="0" enum="PauseMode"> Inherits pause mode from the node's parent. For the root node, it is equivalent to [constant PAUSE_MODE_STOP]. Default. </constant> diff --git a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml index 93ede047fd..36835d9e94 100644 --- a/doc/classes/NodePath.xml +++ b/doc/classes/NodePath.xml @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The "subnames" optionally included after the path to the target node can point to resources or properties, and can also be nested. Examples of valid NodePaths (assuming that those nodes exist and have the referenced resources or properties): [codeblock] - # Points to the Sprite2D node + # Points to the Sprite2D node. "Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D" # Points to the Sprite2D node and its "texture" resource. # get_node() would retrieve "Sprite2D", while get_node_and_resource() @@ -70,14 +70,23 @@ <return type="NodePath"> </return> <description> - Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to resolving from the current node). - [codeblock] - # This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" property in the "position" node + Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to resolving from the from the current node). + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + # This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" property in the "position" node. var node_path = NodePath("position:x") - # This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" component of the "position" property in the current node + # This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" component of the "position" property in the current node. var property_path = node_path.get_as_property_path() print(property_path) # :position:x - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" property in the "position" node. + var nodePath = new NodePath("position:x"); + // This will be parsed as a node path to the "x" component of the "position" property in the current node. + NodePath propertyPath = nodePath.GetAsPropertyPath(); + GD.Print(propertyPath); // :position:x + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_concatenated_subnames"> @@ -85,10 +94,16 @@ </return> <description> Returns all subnames concatenated with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) as separator, i.e. the right side of the first colon in a node path. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var nodepath = NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D:texture:load_path") print(nodepath.get_concatenated_subnames()) # texture:load_path - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var nodepath = new NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D:texture:load_path"); + GD.Print(nodepath.GetConcatenatedSubnames()); // texture:load_path + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_name"> @@ -98,12 +113,20 @@ </argument> <description> Gets the node name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to [method get_name_count]). - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var node_path = NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D") print(node_path.get_name(0)) # Path2D print(node_path.get_name(1)) # PathFollow2D print(node_path.get_name(2)) # Sprite - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var nodePath = new NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D"); + GD.Print(nodePath.GetName(0)); // Path2D + GD.Print(nodePath.GetName(1)); // PathFollow2D + GD.Print(nodePath.GetName(2)); // Sprite + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_name_count"> @@ -121,11 +144,18 @@ </argument> <description> Gets the resource or property name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to [method get_subname_count]). - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var node_path = NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D:texture:load_path") print(node_path.get_subname(0)) # texture print(node_path.get_subname(1)) # load_path - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var nodePath = new NodePath("Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite2D:texture:load_path"); + GD.Print(nodePath.GetSubname(0)); // texture + GD.Print(nodePath.GetSubname(1)); // load_path + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_subname_count"> diff --git a/doc/classes/OS.xml b/doc/classes/OS.xml index 1487c9e078..1d80695798 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OS.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OS.xml @@ -85,18 +85,36 @@ If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty. The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and potentially terminate it with [method kill]). If the process forking (non-blocking) or opening (blocking) fails, the method will return [code]-1[/code] or another exit code. Example of blocking mode and retrieving the shell output: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var output = [] var exit_code = OS.execute("ls", ["-l", "/tmp"], true, output) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var output = new Godot.Collections.Array(); + int exitCode = OS.Execute("ls", new string[] {"-l", "/tmp"}, true, output); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] Example of non-blocking mode, running another instance of the project and storing its process ID: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var pid = OS.execute(OS.get_executable_path(), [], false) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var pid = OS.Execute(OS.GetExecutablePath(), new string[] {}, false); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] If you wish to access a shell built-in or perform a composite command, a platform-specific shell can be invoked. For example: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var output = [] OS.execute("CMD.exe", ["/C", "cd %TEMP% && dir"], true, output) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var output = new Godot.Collections.Array(); + OS.Execute("CMD.exe", new string[] {"/C", "cd %TEMP% && dir"}, true, output); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and Windows. </description> </method> @@ -118,13 +136,26 @@ You can also incorporate environment variables using the [method get_environment] method. You can set [code]editor/main_run_args[/code] in the Project Settings to define command-line arguments to be passed by the editor when running the project. Here's a minimal example on how to parse command-line arguments into a dictionary using the [code]--key=value[/code] form for arguments: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var arguments = {} for argument in OS.get_cmdline_args(): if argument.find("=") > -1: var key_value = argument.split("=") arguments[key_value[0].lstrip("--")] = key_value[1] - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var arguments = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary(); + foreach (var argument in OS.GetCmdlineArgs()) + { + if (argument.Find("=") > -1) + { + string[] keyValue = argument.Split("="); + arguments[keyValue[0].LStrip("--")] = keyValue[1]; + } + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_connected_midi_inputs"> diff --git a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml index 510f952fea..53309bae96 100644 --- a/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml +++ b/doc/classes/OptionButton.xml @@ -239,7 +239,10 @@ The horizontal space between the arrow icon and the right edge of the button. </theme_item> <theme_item name="disabled" type="StyleBox"> - [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled. + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="disabled_mirrored" type="StyleBox"> + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="focus" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is focused. It is displayed over the current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus visual effect. @@ -259,17 +262,29 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_pressed" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the [OptionButton]'s text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> - [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered. + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="hover_mirrored" type="StyleBox"> + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="hseparation" type="int" default="2"> The horizontal space between [OptionButton]'s icon and text. </theme_item> <theme_item name="normal" type="StyleBox"> - Default [StyleBox] for the [OptionButton]. + Default [StyleBox] for the [OptionButton] (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="normal_mirrored" type="StyleBox"> + Default [StyleBox] for the [OptionButton] (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="pressed" type="StyleBox"> - [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed. + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="pressed_mirrored" type="StyleBox"> + [StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml index 6b500d5ac3..e3c78e08f1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml @@ -5,12 +5,20 @@ </brief_description> <description> The [PCKPacker] is used to create packages that can be loaded into a running project using [method ProjectSettings.load_resource_pack]. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var packer = PCKPacker.new() packer.pck_start("test.pck") packer.add_file("res://text.txt", "text.txt") packer.flush() - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var packer = new PCKPacker(); + packer.PckStart("test.pck"); + packer.AddFile("res://text.txt", "text.txt"); + packer.Flush(); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] The above [PCKPacker] creates package [code]test.pck[/code], then adds a file named [code]text.txt[/code] at the root of the package. </description> <tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml index 4a6893879d..91d066260b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedByteArray.xml @@ -135,10 +135,16 @@ </return> <description> Returns a hexadecimal representation of this array as a [String]. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var array = PackedByteArray([11, 46, 255]) print(array.hex_encode()) # Prints: 0b2eff - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var array = new byte[] {11, 46, 255}; + GD.Print(array.HexEncode()); // Prints: 0b2eff + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="insert"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml index be40ab05de..d15bcfd114 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PackedScene.xml @@ -8,14 +8,23 @@ Can be used to save a node to a file. When saving, the node as well as all the node it owns get saved (see [code]owner[/code] property on [Node]). [b]Note:[/b] The node doesn't need to own itself. [b]Example of loading a saved scene:[/b] - [codeblock] - # Use `load()` instead of `preload()` if the path isn't known at compile-time. + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + # Use load() instead of preload() if the path isn't known at compile-time. var scene = preload("res://scene.tscn").instance() # Add the node as a child of the node the script is attached to. add_child(scene) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // C# has no preload, so you have to always use ResourceLoader.Load<PackedScene>(). + var scene = ResourceLoader.Load<PackedScene>("res://scene.tscn").Instance(); + // Add the node as a child of the node the script is attached to. + AddChild(scene); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] [b]Example of saving a node with different owners:[/b] The following example creates 3 objects: [code]Node2D[/code] ([code]node[/code]), [code]RigidBody2D[/code] ([code]rigid[/code]) and [code]CollisionObject2D[/code] ([code]collision[/code]). [code]collision[/code] is a child of [code]rigid[/code] which is a child of [code]node[/code]. Only [code]rigid[/code] is owned by [code]node[/code] and [code]pack[/code] will therefore only save those two nodes, but not [code]collision[/code]. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] # Create the objects. var node = Node2D.new() var rigid = RigidBody2D.new() @@ -27,15 +36,41 @@ # Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`. rigid.owner = node - var scene = PackedScene.new() + # Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed. var result = scene.pack(node) if result == OK: - var error = ResourceSaver.save("res://path/name.scn", scene) # Or "user://..." + var error = ResourceSaver.save("res://path/name.tscn", scene) # Or "user://..." if error != OK: push_error("An error occurred while saving the scene to disk.") - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Create the objects. + var node = new Node2D(); + var rigid = new RigidBody2D(); + var collision = new CollisionShape2D(); + + // Create the object hierarchy. + rigid.AddChild(collision); + node.AddChild(rigid); + + // Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`. + rigid.Owner = node; + var scene = new PackedScene(); + + // Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed. + Error result = scene.Pack(node); + if (result == Error.Ok) + { + Error error = ResourceSaver.Save("res://path/name.tscn", scene); // Or "user://..." + if (error != Error.Ok) + { + GD.PushError("An error occurred while saving the scene to disk."); + } + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> <link title="2D Role Playing Game Demo">https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/520</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml index cab821b4c0..d7cf6cc8c6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml @@ -124,17 +124,36 @@ <description> Waits for a packet to arrive on the listening port. See [method listen]. [b]Note:[/b] [method wait] can't be interrupted once it has been called. This can be worked around by allowing the other party to send a specific "death pill" packet like this: - [codeblock] - # Server - socket.set_dest_address("127.0.0.1", 789) - socket.put_packet("Time to stop".to_ascii()) + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + socket = PacketPeerUDP.new() + # Server + socket.set_dest_address("127.0.0.1", 789) + socket.put_packet("Time to stop".to_ascii()) - # Client - while socket.wait() == OK: - var data = socket.get_packet().get_string_from_ascii() - if data == "Time to stop": - return - [/codeblock] + # Client + while socket.wait() == OK: + var data = socket.get_packet().get_string_from_ascii() + if data == "Time to stop": + return + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var socket = new PacketPeerUDP(); + // Server + socket.SetDestAddress("127.0.0.1", 789); + socket.PutPacket("Time To Stop".ToAscii()); + + // Client + while (socket.Wait() == OK) + { + string data = socket.GetPacket().GetStringFromASCII(); + if (data == "Time to stop") + { + return; + } + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/Performance.xml b/doc/classes/Performance.xml index 0a9079ce71..9e9c5063ae 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Performance.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Performance.xml @@ -24,14 +24,53 @@ </argument> <description> Adds a custom monitor with name same as id. You can specify the category of monitor using '/' in id. If there are more than one '/' then default category is used. Default category is "Custom". - [codeblock] - Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyCategory/MyMonitor", some_callable) # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "MyCategory" - Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyMonitor", some_callable) # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom" - # Note: "MyCategory/MyMonitor" and "MyMonitor" have same name but different ids so above code is valid - Performance.add_custom_monitor("Custom/MyMonitor", some_callable) # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom" - # Note: "MyMonitor" and "Custom/MyMonitor" have same name and same category but different ids so above code is valid - Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor", some_callable) # Adds monitor with name "MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor" to category "Custom" - [/codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + func _ready(): + var monitor_value = Callable(self, "get_monitor_value") + + # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "MyCategory". + Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyCategory/MyMonitor", monitor_value) + + # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom". + # Note: "MyCategory/MyMonitor" and "MyMonitor" have same name but different ids so the code is valid. + Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyMonitor", monitor_value) + + # Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom". + # Note: "MyMonitor" and "Custom/MyMonitor" have same name and same category but different ids so the code is valid. + Performance.add_custom_monitor("Custom/MyMonitor", monitor_value) + + # Adds monitor with name "MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor" to category "Custom". + Performance.add_custom_monitor("MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor", monitor_value) + + func get_monitor_value(): + return randi() % 25 + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + public override void _Ready() + { + var monitorValue = new Callable(this, nameof(GetMonitorValue)); + + // Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "MyCategory". + Performance.AddCustomMonitor("MyCategory/MyMonitor", monitorValue); + // Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom". + // Note: "MyCategory/MyMonitor" and "MyMonitor" have same name but different ids so the code is valid. + Performance.AddCustomMonitor("MyMonitor", monitorValue); + + // Adds monitor with name "MyName" to category "Custom". + // Note: "MyMonitor" and "Custom/MyMonitor" have same name and same category but different ids so the code is valid. + Performance.AddCustomMonitor("Custom/MyMonitor", monitorValue); + + // Adds monitor with name "MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor" to category "Custom". + Performance.AddCustomMonitor("MyCategoryOne/MyCategoryTwo/MyMonitor", monitorValue); + } + + public int GetMonitorValue() + { + return GD.Randi() % 25; + } + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] The debugger calls the callable to get the value of custom monitor. The callable must return a number. Callables are called with arguments supplied in argument array. [b]Note:[/b] It throws an error if given id is already present. @@ -61,9 +100,14 @@ </argument> <description> Returns the value of one of the available monitors. You should provide one of the [enum Monitor] constants as the argument, like this: - [codeblock] - print(Performance.get_monitor(Performance.TIME_FPS)) # Prints the FPS to the console - [/codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + print(Performance.get_monitor(Performance.TIME_FPS)) # Prints the FPS to the console. + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + GD.Print(Performance.GetMonitor(Performance.Monitor.TimeFps)); // Prints the FPS to the console. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="get_monitor_modification_time"> diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml index 93ca684b95..4d7fc61517 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.xml @@ -34,19 +34,34 @@ </member> <member name="shape_rid" type="RID" setter="set_shape_rid" getter="get_shape_rid"> The queried shape's [RID] that will be used for collision/intersection queries. Use this over [member shape] if you want to optimize for performance using the Servers API: - [codeblock] - var shape_rid = PhysicsServer2D.circle_shape_create() - var radius = 64 - PhysicsServer2D.shape_set_data(shape_rid, radius) + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var shape_rid = PhysicsServer2D.circle_shape_create() + var radius = 64 + PhysicsServer2D.shape_set_data(shape_rid, radius) - var params = PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.new() - params.shape_rid = shape_rid + var params = PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D.new() + params.shape_rid = shape_rid - # Execute physics queries here... + # Execute physics queries here... - # Release the shape when done with physics queries. - PhysicsServer2D.free_rid(shape_rid) - [/codeblock] + # Release the shape when done with physics queries. + PhysicsServer2D.free_rid(shape_rid) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + RID shapeRid = PhysicsServer2D.CircleShapeCreate(); + int radius = 64; + PhysicsServer2D.ShapeSetData(shapeRid, radius); + + var params = new PhysicsShapeQueryParameters2D(); + params.ShapeRid = shapeRid; + + // Execute physics queries here... + + // Release the shape when done with physics queries. + PhysicsServer2D.FreeRid(shapeRid); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="transform" type="Transform2D" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform2D( 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 )"> The queried shape's transform matrix. diff --git a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml index 167fb31bb3..4b43ea66fc 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.xml @@ -31,19 +31,34 @@ </member> <member name="shape_rid" type="RID" setter="set_shape_rid" getter="get_shape_rid"> The queried shape's [RID] that will be used for collision/intersection queries. Use this over [member shape] if you want to optimize for performance using the Servers API: - [codeblock] - var shape_rid = PhysicsServer3D.shape_create(PhysicsServer3D.SHAPE_SPHERE) - var radius = 2.0 - PhysicsServer3D.shape_set_data(shape_rid, radius) + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var shape_rid = PhysicsServer3D.shape_create(PhysicsServer3D.SHAPE_SPHERE) + var radius = 2.0 + PhysicsServer3D.shape_set_data(shape_rid, radius) - var params = PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.new() - params.shape_rid = shape_rid + var params = PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D.new() + params.shape_rid = shape_rid - # Execute physics queries here... + # Execute physics queries here... - # Release the shape when done with physics queries. - PhysicsServer3D.free_rid(shape_rid) - [/codeblock] + # Release the shape when done with physics queries. + PhysicsServer3D.free_rid(shape_rid) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + RID shapeRid = PhysicsServer3D.ShapeCreate(PhysicsServer3D.ShapeType.Sphere); + float radius = 2.0f; + PhysicsServer3D.ShapeSetData(shapeRid, radius); + + var params = new PhysicsShapeQueryParameters3D(); + params.ShapeRid = shapeRid; + + // Execute physics queries here... + + // Release the shape when done with physics queries. + PhysicsServer3D.FreeRid(shapeRid); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="transform" type="Transform" setter="set_transform" getter="get_transform" default="Transform( 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 )"> The queried shape's transform matrix. diff --git a/doc/classes/Popup.xml b/doc/classes/Popup.xml index 6f77f3371d..b8d8a55412 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Popup.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Popup.xml @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ </methods> <members> <member name="borderless" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" override="true" default="true" /> + <member name="close_on_parent_focus" type="bool" setter="set_close_on_parent_focus" getter="get_close_on_parent_focus" default="true"> + </member> <member name="transient" type="bool" setter="set_transient" getter="is_transient" override="true" default="true" /> <member name="unresizable" type="bool" setter="set_flag" getter="get_flag" override="true" default="true" /> <member name="visible" type="bool" setter="set_visible" getter="is_visible" override="true" default="false" /> diff --git a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml index b1ec9a222a..c663f26d84 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml @@ -244,6 +244,15 @@ Removes all items from the [PopupMenu]. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_item_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features form the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_current_index" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -293,6 +302,15 @@ Returns the index of the item containing the specified [code]id[/code]. Index is automatically assigned to each item by the engine. Index can not be set manually. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text language code. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_metadata" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -302,6 +320,17 @@ Returns the metadata of the specified item, which might be of any type. You can set it with [method set_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of assigning context data to items. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] of the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_shortcut" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Shortcut"> </return> @@ -329,6 +358,15 @@ Returns the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_item_text_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_item_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -494,6 +532,17 @@ Sets the [code]id[/code] of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_language"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets language code of item's text used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_metadata"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -516,6 +565,19 @@ Sets the state of an multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for details. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] for the item's text. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_shortcut"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -562,6 +624,17 @@ Sets the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_item_text_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_item_tooltip"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -653,6 +726,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_hover" type="Color" default="Color( 0.88, 0.88, 0.88, 1 )"> [Color] used for the hovered text. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the menu items. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hover" type="StyleBox"> [StyleBox] displayed when the [PopupMenu] item is hovered. </theme_item> @@ -681,7 +757,10 @@ [StyleBox] used for the separators. See [method add_separator]. </theme_item> <theme_item name="submenu" type="Texture2D"> - [Texture2D] icon for the submenu arrow. + [Texture2D] icon for the submenu arrow (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="submenu_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + [Texture2D] icon for the submenu arrow (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="unchecked" type="Texture2D"> [Texture2D] icon for the unchecked checkbox items. diff --git a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml index 9e7f26ed4f..7e9bccc1d7 100644 --- a/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml +++ b/doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml @@ -14,11 +14,18 @@ </return> <description> Returns mesh arrays used to constitute surface of [Mesh]. The result can be passed to [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays] to create a new surface. For example: - [codeblock] - var c := CylinderMesh.new() - var arr_mesh := ArrayMesh.new() + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] + var c = CylinderMesh.new() + var arr_mesh = ArrayMesh.new() arr_mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, c.get_mesh_arrays()) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + var c = new CylinderMesh(); + var arrMesh = new ArrayMesh(); + arrMesh.AddSurfaceFromArrays(Mesh.PrimitiveType.Triangles, c.GetMeshArrays()); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> </methods> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml index c957d6f182..c05cbf4413 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml @@ -35,5 +35,8 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_shadow" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> The color of the text's shadow. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size used to draw the fill percentage if [member percent_visible] is [code]true[/code]. + </theme_item> </theme_items> </class> diff --git a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml index 7ca2dae4d7..fa4ce9bc6d 100644 --- a/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml +++ b/doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml @@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ - [code]type[/code]: [int] (see [enum Variant.Type]) - optionally [code]hint[/code]: [int] (see [enum PropertyHint]) and [code]hint_string[/code]: [String] [b]Example:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] ProjectSettings.set("category/property_name", 0) var property_info = { @@ -36,7 +37,21 @@ } ProjectSettings.add_property_info(property_info) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + ProjectSettings.Singleton.Set("category/property_name", 0); + + var propertyInfo = new Godot.Collections.Dictionary + { + {"name", "category/propertyName"}, + {"type", Variant.Type.Int}, + {"hint", PropertyHint.Enum}, + {"hint_string", "one,two,three"}, + }; + + ProjectSettings.AddPropertyInfo(propertyInfo); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="clear"> @@ -65,9 +80,14 @@ <description> Returns the value of a setting. [b]Example:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] print(ProjectSettings.get_setting("application/config/name")) - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + GD.Print(ProjectSettings.GetSetting("application/config/name")); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> <method name="globalize_path" qualifiers="const"> @@ -76,7 +96,21 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Converts a localized path ([code]res://[/code]) to a full native OS path. + Returns the absolute, native OS path corresponding to the localized [code]path[/code] (starting with [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/code]). The returned path will vary depending on the operating system and user preferences. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] to see what those paths convert to. See also [method localize_path]. + [b]Note:[/b] [method globalize_path] with [code]res://[/code] will not work in an exported project. Instead, prepend the executable's base directory to the path when running from an exported project: + [codeblock] + var path = "" + if OS.has_feature("editor"): + # Running from an editor binary. + # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` located in the project root. + path = ProjectSettings.globalize_path("res://hello.txt") + else: + # Running from an exported project. + # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` next to the executable. + # This is *not* identical to using `ProjectSettings.globalize_path()` with a `res://` path, + # but is close enough in spirit. + path = OS.get_executable_path().get_base_dir().plus_file("hello.txt") + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="has_setting" qualifiers="const"> @@ -109,7 +143,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="path" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Convert a path to a localized path ([code]res://[/code] path). + Returns the localized path (starting with [code]res://[/code]) corresponding to the absolute, native OS [code]path[/code]. See also [method globalize_path]. </description> </method> <method name="property_can_revert"> @@ -178,9 +212,14 @@ <description> Sets the value of a setting. [b]Example:[/b] - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] ProjectSettings.set_setting("application/config/name", "Example") - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + ProjectSettings.SetSetting("application/config/name", "Example"); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> </method> </methods> @@ -428,6 +467,9 @@ <member name="display/window/energy_saving/keep_screen_on" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], keeps the screen on (even in case of inactivity), so the screensaver does not take over. Works on desktop and mobile platforms. </member> + <member name="display/window/force_right_to_left_layout_direction" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="false"> + Force layout direction and text writing direction to RTL for all locales. + </member> <member name="display/window/handheld/orientation" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""landscape""> Default orientation on mobile devices. </member> @@ -466,6 +508,9 @@ <member name="display/window/tablet_driver" type="String" setter="" getter=""> Specifies the tablet driver to use. If left empty, the default driver will be used. </member> + <member name="display/window/text_name" type="String" setter="" getter="" default=""""> + Specifies the [TextServer] to use. If left empty, the default will be used. + </member> <member name="display/window/vsync/use_vsync" type="bool" setter="" getter="" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], enables vertical synchronization. This eliminates tearing that may appear in moving scenes, at the cost of higher input latency and stuttering at lower framerates. If [code]false[/code], vertical synchronization will be disabled, however, many platforms will enforce it regardless (such as mobile platforms and HTML5). </member> @@ -858,7 +903,7 @@ Maximum number of warnings allowed to be sent from the debugger. Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger connection. </member> <member name="network/limits/packet_peer_stream/max_buffer_po2" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="16"> - Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing Godot data. Over this size, data is dropped. + Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing Godot data (in bytes, specified as a power of two). The default value [code]16[/code] is equal to 65,536 bytes. Over this size, data is dropped. </member> <member name="network/limits/tcp/connect_timeout_seconds" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="30"> Timeout (in seconds) for connection attempts using TCP. @@ -895,18 +940,30 @@ <member name="physics/2d/default_gravity" type="int" setter="" getter="" default="98"> The default gravity strength in 2D. [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] # Set the default gravity strength to 98. - PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 98) - [/codeblock] + PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().space, PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 98) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Set the default gravity strength to 98. + PhysicsServer2D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld2d().Space, PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter.Gravity, 98); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="physics/2d/default_gravity_vector" type="Vector2" setter="" getter="" default="Vector2( 0, 1 )"> The default gravity direction in 2D. [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] # Set the default gravity direction to `Vector2(0, 1)`. - PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector2(0, 1)) - [/codeblock] + PhysicsServer2D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().space, PhysicsServer2D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector2.DOWN) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Set the default gravity direction to `Vector2(0, 1)`. + PhysicsServer2D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld2d().Space, PhysicsServer2D.AreaParameter.GravityVector, Vector2.Down) + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="physics/2d/default_linear_damp" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.1"> The default linear damp in 2D. @@ -942,18 +999,30 @@ <member name="physics/3d/default_gravity" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="9.8"> The default gravity strength in 3D. [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] # Set the default gravity strength to 9.8. - PhysicsServer3D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), PhysicsServer3D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 9.8) - [/codeblock] + PhysicsServer3D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().space, PhysicsServer3D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 9.8) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Set the default gravity strength to 9.8. + PhysicsServer3D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld().Space, PhysicsServer3D.AreaParameter.Gravity, 9.8); + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="physics/3d/default_gravity_vector" type="Vector3" setter="" getter="" default="Vector3( 0, -1, 0 )"> The default gravity direction in 3D. [b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample: - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] # Set the default gravity direction to `Vector3(0, -1, 0)`. - PhysicsServer3D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), PhysicsServer3D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector3(0, -1, 0)) - [/codeblock] + PhysicsServer3D.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), PhysicsServer3D.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector3.DOWN) + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + // Set the default gravity direction to `Vector3(0, -1, 0)`. + PhysicsServer3D.AreaSetParam(GetViewport().FindWorld().Space, PhysicsServer3D.AreaParameter.GravityVector, Vector3.Down) + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </member> <member name="physics/3d/default_linear_damp" type="float" setter="" getter="" default="0.1"> The default linear damp in 3D. diff --git a/doc/classes/Reference.xml b/doc/classes/Reference.xml index 9c3d1d5d9d..44ee6fbda1 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Reference.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Reference.xml @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Base class for any object that keeps a reference count. [Resource] and many other helper objects inherit this class. Unlike [Object]s, References keep an internal reference counter so that they are automatically released when no longer in use, and only then. References therefore do not need to be freed manually with [method Object.free]. In the vast majority of use cases, instantiating and using [Reference]-derived types is all you need to do. The methods provided in this class are only for advanced users, and can cause issues if misused. + [b]Note:[/b] In C#, references will not be freed instantly after they are no longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will free references that are no longer in use. This means that unused references will linger on for a while before being removed. </description> <tutorials> <link title="When and how to avoid using nodes for everything">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/workflow/best_practices/node_alternatives.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml index 5830a8452c..77a80cb8b6 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RenderingServer.xml @@ -608,7 +608,9 @@ </argument> <argument index="4" name="saturation" type="float"> </argument> - <argument index="5" name="ramp" type="RID"> + <argument index="5" name="use_1d_color_correction" type="bool"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="color_correction" type="RID"> </argument> <description> Sets the values to be used with the "Adjustment" post-process effect. See [Environment] for more details. @@ -1423,6 +1425,17 @@ Sets the shadow mode for this directional light. Equivalent to [member DirectionalLight3D.directional_shadow_mode]. See [enum LightDirectionalShadowMode] for options. </description> </method> + <method name="light_directional_set_sky_only"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="light" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enable" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If [code]true[/code], this light will not be used for anything except sky shaders. Use this for lights that impact your sky shader that you may want to hide from affecting the rest of the scene. For example, you may want to enable this when the sun in your sky shader falls below the horizon. + </description> + </method> <method name="light_omni_set_shadow_mode"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -3365,7 +3378,8 @@ Objects are displayed with only light information. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_OVERDRAW" value="3" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> - Objects are displayed semi-transparent with additive blending so you can see where they are drawing over top of one another. A higher overdraw means you are wasting performance on drawing pixels that are being hidden behind others. + Objects are displayed semi-transparent with additive blending so you can see where they are drawing over top of one another. A higher overdraw (represented by brighter colors) means you are wasting performance on drawing pixels that are being hidden behind others. + [b]Note:[/b] When using this debug draw mode, custom shaders will be ignored. This means vertex displacement won't be visible anymore. </constant> <constant name="VIEWPORT_DEBUG_DRAW_WIREFRAME" value="4" enum="ViewportDebugDraw"> Debug draw draws objects in wireframe. diff --git a/doc/classes/Resource.xml b/doc/classes/Resource.xml index e79a2e0ea9..1ce2c376dd 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Resource.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Resource.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ </brief_description> <description> Resource is the base class for all Godot-specific resource types, serving primarily as data containers. Unlike [Object]s, they are reference-counted and freed when no longer in use. They are also cached once loaded from disk, so that any further attempts to load a resource from a given path will return the same reference (all this in contrast to a [Node], which is not reference-counted and can be instanced from disk as many times as desired). Resources can be saved externally on disk or bundled into another object, such as a [Node] or another resource. + [b]Note:[/b] In C#, resources will not be freed instantly after they are no longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will free resources that are no longer in use. This means that unused resources will linger on for a while before being removed. </description> <tutorials> <link title="Resources">https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/getting_started/step_by_step/resources.html</link> diff --git a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml index faf0d97766..4faff95fd3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml @@ -329,6 +329,9 @@ The raw text of the label. When set, clears the tag stack and adds a raw text tag to the top of it. Does not parse BBCodes. Does not modify [member bbcode_text]. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="visible_characters" type="int" setter="set_visible_characters" getter="get_visible_characters" default="-1"> The restricted number of characters to display in the label. If [code]-1[/code], all characters will be displayed. </member> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml index 6f41d5ba27..2a0b44f3f3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml @@ -174,9 +174,6 @@ <member name="sleeping" type="bool" setter="set_sleeping" getter="is_sleeping" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the body will not move and will not calculate forces until woken up by another body through, for example, a collision, or by using the [method apply_impulse] or [method add_force] methods. </member> - <member name="weight" type="float" setter="set_weight" getter="get_weight" default="9.8"> - The body's weight based on its mass and the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 2d[/b]. - </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="body_entered"> diff --git a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml b/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml index f8dc9887a9..21321d4de0 100644 --- a/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/RigidBody3D.xml @@ -198,9 +198,6 @@ <member name="sleeping" type="bool" setter="set_sleeping" getter="is_sleeping" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the body will not move and will not calculate forces until woken up by another body through, for example, a collision, or by using the [method apply_impulse] or [method add_force] methods. </member> - <member name="weight" type="float" setter="set_weight" getter="get_weight" default="9.8"> - The body's weight based on its mass and the global 3D gravity. Global values are set in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b]. - </member> </members> <signals> <signal name="body_entered"> diff --git a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml index 4ea457047f..a95ce6c663 100644 --- a/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/SceneTree.xml @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ <argument index="0" name="exit_code" type="int" default="-1"> </argument> <description> - Quits the application. A process [code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be passed as an argument. If this argument is [code]0[/code] or greater, it will override the [member OS.exit_code] defined before quitting the application. + Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. A process [code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be passed as an argument. If this argument is [code]0[/code] or greater, it will override the [member OS.exit_code] defined before quitting the application. </description> </method> <method name="reload_current_scene"> diff --git a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml index d56781105b..9f45a361f3 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TabContainer.xml @@ -204,6 +204,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_fg" type="Color" default="Color( 0.94, 0.94, 0.94, 1 )"> Font color of the currently selected tab. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the tab names. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="icon_separation" type="int" default="4"> Space between tab's name and its icon. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml index 15c2d3504c..5c698a4aa8 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tabs.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tabs.xml @@ -20,6 +20,15 @@ Adds a new tab. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_tab_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features from the tab title. + </description> + </method> <method name="ensure_tab_visible"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -75,6 +84,15 @@ Returns the [Texture2D] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or [code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture2D]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_tab_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns tab title language code. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_tab_offset" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -82,6 +100,17 @@ Returns the number of hidden tabs offsetted to the left. </description> </method> + <method name="get_tab_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] of the tab title. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_tab_rect" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Rect2"> </return> @@ -91,6 +120,15 @@ Returns tab [Rect2] with local position and size. </description> </method> + <method name="get_tab_text_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns tab title text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_tab_title" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -159,6 +197,41 @@ Sets an [code]icon[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="set_tab_language"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets language code of tab title used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_tab_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="values" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] for the tab title. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_tab_text_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_idx" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets tab title base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_tab_title"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -295,6 +368,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_fg" type="Color" default="Color( 0.94, 0.94, 0.94, 1 )"> Font color of the currently selected tab. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the tab names. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="hseparation" type="int" default="4"> The horizontal separation between the tabs. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml index 53d706db2d..eedf3b848f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TextEdit.xml @@ -33,6 +33,13 @@ Centers the viewport on the line the editing cursor is at. This also resets the [member scroll_horizontal] value to [code]0[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> <method name="clear_undo_history"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -213,6 +220,15 @@ Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [TextEdit]. By default, this menu is displayed when right-clicking on the [TextEdit]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_selection_column" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -270,7 +286,7 @@ <return type="String"> </return> <description> - Returns a [String] text with the word under the mouse cursor location. + Returns a [String] text with the word under the caret (text cursor) location. </description> </method> <method name="insert_text_at_cursor"> @@ -573,6 +589,17 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code]. More info: [url=https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags]OpenType feature tags[/url]. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_selection_mode"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -629,6 +656,10 @@ If [code]true[/code], the caret displays as a rectangle. If [code]false[/code], the caret displays as a bar. </member> + <member name="caret_mid_grapheme" type="bool" setter="set_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" getter="get_mid_grapheme_caret_enabled" default="false"> + Allow moving caret, selecting and removing the individual composite character components. + Note: [kbd]Backspace[/kbd] is always removing individual composite character components. + </member> <member name="caret_moving_by_right_click" type="bool" setter="set_right_click_moves_caret" getter="is_right_click_moving_caret" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], a right-click moves the cursor at the mouse position before displaying the context menu. If [code]false[/code], the context menu disregards mouse location. @@ -636,6 +667,9 @@ <member name="context_menu_enabled" type="bool" setter="set_context_menu_enabled" getter="is_context_menu_enabled" default="true"> If [code]true[/code], a right-click displays the context menu. </member> + <member name="draw_control_chars" type="bool" setter="set_draw_control_chars" getter="get_draw_control_chars" default="false"> + If [code]true[/code], control characters are displayed. + </member> <member name="draw_spaces" type="bool" setter="set_draw_spaces" getter="is_drawing_spaces" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the "space" character will have a visible representation. </member> @@ -652,6 +686,9 @@ <member name="highlight_current_line" type="bool" setter="set_highlight_current_line" getter="is_highlight_current_line_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], the line containing the cursor is highlighted. </member> + <member name="language" type="String" setter="set_language" getter="get_language" default=""""> + Language code used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </member> <member name="minimap_draw" type="bool" setter="draw_minimap" getter="is_drawing_minimap" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], a minimap is shown, providing an outline of your source code. </member> @@ -681,11 +718,20 @@ <member name="smooth_scrolling" type="bool" setter="set_smooth_scroll_enable" getter="is_smooth_scroll_enabled" default="false"> If [code]true[/code], sets the [code]step[/code] of the scrollbars to [code]0.25[/code] which results in smoother scrolling. </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override" type="int" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser" default="0"> + Set BiDi algorithm override for the structured text. + </member> + <member name="structured_text_bidi_override_options" type="Array" setter="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options" getter="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" default="[ ]"> + Set additional options for BiDi override. + </member> <member name="syntax_highlighter" type="SyntaxHighlighter" setter="set_syntax_highlighter" getter="get_syntax_highlighter"> </member> <member name="text" type="String" setter="set_text" getter="get_text" default=""""> String value of the [TextEdit]. </member> + <member name="text_direction" type="int" setter="set_text_direction" getter="get_text_direction" enum="Control.TextDirection" default="0"> + Base text writing direction. + </member> <member name="v_scroll_speed" type="float" setter="set_v_scroll_speed" getter="get_v_scroll_speed" default="80.0"> Vertical scroll sensitivity. </member> @@ -799,7 +845,70 @@ <constant name="MENU_REDO" value="6" enum="MenuItems"> Redoes the previous action. </constant> - <constant name="MENU_MAX" value="7" enum="MenuItems"> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_INHERITED" value="7" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to inherited. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_AUTO" value="8" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to automatic. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_LTR" value="9" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to left-to-right. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DIR_RTL" value="10" enum="MenuItems"> + Sets text direction to right-to-left. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_DISPLAY_UCC" value="11" enum="MenuItems"> + Toggles control character display. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRM" value="12" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts left-to-right mark (LRM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLM" value="13" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts right-to-left mark (RLM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRE" value="14" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of left-to-right embedding (LRE) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLE" value="15" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of right-to-left embedding (RLE) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRO" value="16" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of left-to-right override (LRO) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLO" value="17" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts start of right-to-left override (RLO) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_PDF" value="18" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts pop direction formatting (PDF) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ALM" value="19" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts Arabic letter mark (ALM) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_LRI" value="20" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts left-to-right isolate (LRI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_RLI" value="21" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts right-to-left isolate (RLI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_FSI" value="22" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts first strong isolate (FSI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_PDI" value="23" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts pop direction isolate (PDI) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ZWJ" value="24" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts zero width joiner (ZWJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_ZWNJ" value="25" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts zero width non-joiner (ZWNJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_WJ" value="26" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts word joiner (WJ) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_INSERT_SHY" value="27" enum="MenuItems"> + Inserts soft hyphen (SHY) character. + </constant> + <constant name="MENU_MAX" value="28" enum="MenuItems"> Represents the size of the [enum MenuItems] enum. </constant> </constants> @@ -849,6 +958,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_selected" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 1 )"> Sets the [Color] of the selected text. [member override_selected_font_color] has to be enabled. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Sets default font size. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="line_spacing" type="int" default="4"> Sets the spacing between the lines. </theme_item> @@ -865,6 +977,7 @@ Sets the highlight [Color] of text selections. </theme_item> <theme_item name="space" type="Texture2D"> + Sets a custom [Texture2D] for space text characters. </theme_item> <theme_item name="tab" type="Texture2D"> Sets a custom [Texture2D] for tab text characters. diff --git a/doc/classes/TextLine.xml b/doc/classes/TextLine.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c21da09edb --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TextLine.xml @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TextLine" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Holds a line of text. + </brief_description> + <description> + Abstraction over [TextServer] for handling single line of text. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="length" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_string"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="fonts" type="Font"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" default="{ +}"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Adds text span and font to draw it. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Clears text line (removes text and inline objects). + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_ascent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the text ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_descent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the text descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns thickness of the underline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_width" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_object_rect" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_objects" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <description> + Returns array of inline objects. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + Returns TextServer buffer RID. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Returns size of the bounding box of the text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="hit_test" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns caret character offset at the specified pixel offset at the baseline. This function always returns a valid position. + </description> + </method> + <method name="resize_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_bidi_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="override" type="Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Overrides BiDi for the structured text. + Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately. + </description> + </method> + <method name="tab_align"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_stops" type="PackedFloat32Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Aligns text to the given tab-stops. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_align" getter="get_align" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + Text horizontal alignment. + </member> + <member name="direction" type="int" setter="set_direction" getter="get_direction" enum="TextServer.Direction" default="0"> + Text writing direction. + </member> + <member name="flags" type="int" setter="set_flags" getter="get_flags" default="3"> + Line Alignment rules. For more info see [TextServer]. + </member> + <member name="orientation" type="int" setter="set_orientation" getter="get_orientation" enum="TextServer.Orientation" default="0"> + Text orientation. + </member> + <member name="preserve_control" type="bool" setter="set_preserve_control" getter="get_preserve_control" default="false"> + If set to [code]true[/code] text will display control characters. + </member> + <member name="preserve_invalid" type="bool" setter="set_preserve_invalid" getter="get_preserve_invalid" default="true"> + If set to [code]true[/code] text will display invalid characters. + </member> + <member name="width" type="float" setter="set_width" getter="get_width" default="-1.0"> + Text line width. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fabf22eef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TextParagraph.xml @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TextParagraph" inherits="Reference" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Holds a paragraph of text. + </brief_description> + <description> + Abstraction over [TextServer] for handling paragraph of text. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="add_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="length" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="add_string"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="fonts" type="Font"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" default="{ +}"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Adds text span and font to draw it. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <description> + Clears text paragraph (removes text and inline objects). + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_line" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_line_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw outline of the single line of text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="outline_size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="color" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="arg3" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw outline of the text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the top left corner of the bounding box. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_ascent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the text line ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns number of lines in the paragraph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_descent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the text line descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_object_rect" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_objects" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns array of inline objects in the line. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_range" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns character range of the line. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns TextServer line buffer RID. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns size of the bounding box of the line of text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns thickness of the underline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_line_width" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="line" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the line of text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_non_wraped_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the size of the bounding box of the paragraph, without line breaks. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_rid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <description> + Returns TextServer full string buffer RID. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the size of the bounding box of the paragraph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="hit_test" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="coords" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns caret character offset at the specified coordinates. This function always returns a valid position. + </description> + </method> + <method name="resize_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_bidi_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="override" type="Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Overrides BiDi for the structured text. + Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately. + </description> + </method> + <method name="tab_align"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tab_stops" type="PackedFloat32Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Aligns paragraph to the given tab-stops. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <members> + <member name="align" type="int" setter="set_align" getter="get_align" enum="HAlign" default="0"> + Paragraph horizontal alignment. + </member> + <member name="direction" type="int" setter="set_direction" getter="get_direction" enum="TextServer.Direction" default="0"> + Text writing direction. + </member> + <member name="flags" type="int" setter="set_flags" getter="get_flags" default="51"> + Line breaking and alignment rules. For more info see [TextServer]. + </member> + <member name="orientation" type="int" setter="set_orientation" getter="get_orientation" enum="TextServer.Orientation" default="0"> + Text orientation. + </member> + <member name="preserve_control" type="bool" setter="set_preserve_control" getter="get_preserve_control" default="false"> + If set to [code]true[/code] text will display control characters. + </member> + <member name="preserve_invalid" type="bool" setter="set_preserve_invalid" getter="get_preserve_invalid" default="true"> + If set to [code]true[/code] text will display invalid characters. + </member> + <member name="width" type="float" setter="set_width" getter="get_width" default="-1.0"> + Paragraph width. + </member> + </members> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServer.xml b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43388bb7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TextServer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1167 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TextServer" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Interface for the fonts and complex text layouts. + </brief_description> + <description> + [TextServer] is the API backend for managing fonts, and rendering complex text. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="create_font_memory"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="data" type="PackedByteArray"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="base_size" type="int" default="16"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new font from the data in memory. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. + Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_font_resource"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new font from the file. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. + Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_font_system"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="base_size" type="int" default="16"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new font from the system font. To free the resulting font, use [method free_rid] method. + Note: This method is supported by servers with the [code]FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM[/code] feature. + Note: For non-scalable fonts [code]base_size[/code] is ignored, use [method font_get_base_size] to check actual font size. + </description> + </method> + <method name="create_shaped_text"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="direction" type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="orientation" type="int" enum="TextServer.Orientation" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Creates new buffer for complex text layout, with the given [code]direction[/code] and [code]orientation[/code]. To free the resulting buffer, use [method free_rid] method. + Note: Direction is ignored if server does not support [code]FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT[/code] feature. + Note: Orientation is ignored if server does not support [code]FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT[/code] feature. + </description> + </method> + <method name="draw_hex_code_box" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="color" type="Color"> + </argument> + <description> + Draws box displaying character hexadecimal code. Used for replacing missing characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_draw_glyph" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draws single glyph into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Note: Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_draw_glyph_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="outline_size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draws single glyph outline of size [code]outline_size[/code] into a canvas item at the position, using [code]font[/code] at the size [code]size[/code]. + Note: Glyph index is specific to the font, use glyphs indices returned by [method shaped_text_get_glyphs] or [method font_get_glyph_index]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_antialiased" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font anti-aliasing is supported and enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_base_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the default size of the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_descent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_distance_field_hint" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if distance field hint is enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_feature_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns list of OpenType features supported by font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_force_autohinter" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if autohinter is supported and enabled. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_advance" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns advance of the glyph. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_index" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="variation_selector" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the glyph index of a [code]char[/code], optionally modified by the [code]variation_selector[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_glyph_kerning" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index_a" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="index_b" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a kerning of the pair of glyphs. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_height" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_hinting" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font hinting. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_language_support_override"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]language[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_language_support_overrides"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns list of language support overrides. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_oversampling" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the font oversampling factor, shared by all fonts in the TextServer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_script_support_override"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if support override is enabled for the [code]script[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_script_support_overrides"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns list of script support overrides. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_supported_chars" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns a string containing all the characters available in the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns underline offset (number of pixels below the baseline). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns underline thickness in pixels. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_has_char" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="char" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]char[/code] is available in the font. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_has_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports glyph outlines. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_is_language_supported" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given language (ISO 639 code). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_is_script_supported" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code], if font supports given script (ISO 15924 code). + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_remove_language_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Remove language support override. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_remove_script_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes script support override. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_antialiased"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="antialiased" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets font anti-aliasing. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_distance_field_hint"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="distance_field" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets font distance field hint. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_force_autohinter"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabeld" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Enables/disables default autohinter. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_hinting"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="hinting" type="int" enum="TextServer.Hinting"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets font hinting. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_language_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="supported" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds override for [method font_is_language_supported]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_oversampling"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="oversampling" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets oversampling factor, shared by all font in the TextServer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="font_set_script_support_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="font" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="script" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="supported" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds override for [method font_is_script_supported]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="format_number" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="number" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a number from the Western Arabic (0..9) to the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="free_rid"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rid" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Frees an object created by this [TextServer]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_hex_code_box_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns size of the replacement character (box with character hexadecimal code that is drawn in place of invalid characters). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_name" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the name of the server interface. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_system_fonts" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <description> + Returns list of available system fonts. + Note: This method is supported by servers with the [code]FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM[/code] feature. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="rid" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]rid[/code] is valid resource owned by this text server. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_feature"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="feature" type="int" enum="TextServer.Feature"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if the server supports a feature. + </description> + </method> + <method name="is_locale_right_to_left"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="locale" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if locale is right-to-left. + </description> + </method> + <method name="load_support_data"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="filename" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Loads optional TextServer database (e.g. ICU break iterators and dictionaries). + Note: This function should be called before any other TextServer functions used, otherwise it won't have any effect. + </description> + </method> + <method name="name_to_tag"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts readable feature, variation, script or language name to OpenType tag. + </description> + </method> + <method name="parse_number" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="number" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Converts a number from the numeral systems used in [code]language[/code] to Western Arabic (0..9). + </description> + </method> + <method name="percent_sign" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Returns percent sign used in the [code]language[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_add_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="length" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Adds inline object to the text buffer, [code]key[/code] must be unique. In the text, object is represented as [code]length[/code] object replacement characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_add_string"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="text" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="fonts" type="Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="size" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="opentype_features" type="Dictionary" default="{ +}"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="language" type="String" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Adds text span and font to draw it to the text buffer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_clear"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="arg0" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Clears text buffer (removes text and inline objects). + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_draw" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="clip_l" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="clip_r" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_draw_outline" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="canvas" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="pos" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="clip_l" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="clip_r" type="float" default="-1"> + </argument> + <argument index="5" name="outline_size" type="int" default="1"> + </argument> + <argument index="6" name="color" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> + </argument> + <description> + Draw the outline of the shaped text into a canvas item at a given position, with [code]color[/code]. [code]pos[/code] specifies the leftmost point of the baseline (for horizontal layout) or topmost point of the baseline (for vertical layout). + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_fit_to_width"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="width" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="jst_flags" type="int" default="3"> + </argument> + <description> + Adjusts text with to fit to specified width, returns new text width. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_ascent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the text ascent (number of pixels above the baseline for horizontal layout or to the left of baseline for vertical). + Note: overall ascent can be higher than font ascent, if some glyphs are displaced from the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_carets" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Dictionary"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="position" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns shapes of the carets corresponding to the character offset [code]position[/code] in the text. Returned caret shape is 1 pixel wide rectangle. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_descent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the text descent (number of pixels below the baseline for horizontal layout or to the right of baseline for vertical). + Note: overall descent can be higher than font descent, if some glyphs are displaced from the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns direction of the text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_dominant_direciton_in_range" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="start" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="end" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns dominant direction of in the range of text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_glyphs" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns text glyphs. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_line_breaks" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="width" type="float"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="start" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="break_flags" type="int" default="48"> + </argument> + <description> + Breaks text to the lines and returns character ranges for each line. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_line_breaks_adv" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="width" type="PackedFloat32Array"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="start" type="int" default="0"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="once" type="bool" default="true"> + </argument> + <argument index="4" name="break_flags" type="int" default="48"> + </argument> + <description> + Breaks text to the lines and columns. Returns character ranges for each segment. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_object_rect" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Rect2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns bounding rectangle of the inline object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_objects" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns array of inline objects. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_orientation" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="TextServer.Orientation"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns text orientation. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_parent" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets text orientation. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_preserve_control" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if text buffer is configured to display control characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_preserve_invalid" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if text buffer is configured to display hexadecimal codes in place of invalid characters. + Note: If set to [code]false[/code], nothing is displayed in place of invalid characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_range" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2i"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns substring buffer character range in the parent buffer. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_selection" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="start" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="end" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns selection rectangles for the specified character range. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Vector2"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns size of the text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_underline_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns pixel offset of the underline below the baseline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_underline_thickness" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns thickness of the underline. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_width" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns width (for horizontal layout) or height (for vertical) of the text. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_get_word_breaks" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Breaks text into words and returns array of character ranges. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_hit_test_grapheme" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="coords" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns grapheme index at the specified pixel offset at the baseline, or [code]-1[/code] if none is found. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_hit_test_position" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="coords" type="float"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns caret character offset at the specified pixel offset at the baseline. This function always returns a valid position. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_is_ready" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if buffer is successfully shaped. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_next_grapheme_pos"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns composite character end position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_prev_grapheme_pos"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="pos" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns composite character start position closest to the [code]pos[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_resize_object"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="key" type="Variant"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="size" type="Vector2"> + </argument> + <argument index="3" name="inline_align" type="int" enum="VAlign" default="1"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets new size and alignment of embedded object. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_set_bidi_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="override" type="Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Overrides BiDi for the structured text. + Override ranges should cover full source text without overlaps. BiDi algorithm will be used on each range separately. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_set_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="TextServer.Direction" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets desired text direction. If set to [code]TEXT_DIRECTION_AUTO[/code], direction will be detected based on the buffer contents and current locale. + Note: Direction is ignored if server does not support [code]FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT[/code] feature. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_set_orientation"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="orientation" type="int" enum="TextServer.Orientation" default="0"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets desired text orientation. + Note: Orientation is ignored if server does not support [code]FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT[/code] feature. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_set_preserve_control"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code] text buffer will display control characters. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_set_preserve_invalid"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="enabled" type="bool"> + </argument> + <description> + If set to [code]true[/code] text buffer will display invalid characters as hexadecimal codes, otherwise nothing is displayed. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_shape"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <description> + Shapes buffer if it's not shaped. Returns [code]true[/code] if the string is shaped successfully. + Note: It is not necessary to call this function manually, buffer will be shaped automatically as soon as any of its output data is requested. + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_substr" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="RID"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="start" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="length" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns text buffer for the substring of the text in the [code]shaped[/code] text buffer (including inline objects). + </description> + </method> + <method name="shaped_text_tab_align"> + <return type="float"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="shaped" type="RID"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tab_stops" type="PackedFloat32Array"> + </argument> + <description> + Aligns shaped text to the given tab-stops. + </description> + </method> + <method name="tag_to_name"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="tag" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Converts OpenType tag to readable feature, variation, script or language name. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + <constant name="DIRECTION_AUTO" value="0" enum="Direction"> + Text direction is determined based on contents and current locale. + </constant> + <constant name="DIRECTION_LTR" value="1" enum="Direction"> + Text is written from left to right. + </constant> + <constant name="DIRECTION_RTL" value="2" enum="Direction"> + Text is written from right to left. + </constant> + <constant name="ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL" value="0" enum="Orientation"> + Text is written horizontally. + </constant> + <constant name="ORIENTATION_VERTICAL" value="1" enum="Orientation"> + Left to right text is written vertically from top to bottom. + Right to left text is written vertically from bottom to top. + </constant> + <constant name="JUSTIFICATION_NONE" value="0" enum="JustificationFlag"> + Do not justify text. + </constant> + <constant name="JUSTIFICATION_KASHIDA" value="1" enum="JustificationFlag"> + Justify text by adding and removing kashidas. + </constant> + <constant name="JUSTIFICATION_WORD_BOUND" value="2" enum="JustificationFlag"> + Justify text by changing width of the spaces between the words. + </constant> + <constant name="JUSTIFICATION_TRIM_EDGE_SPACES" value="4" enum="JustificationFlag"> + Remove trailing and leading spaces from the justified text. + </constant> + <constant name="JUSTIFICATION_AFTER_LAST_TAB" value="8" enum="JustificationFlag"> + Only apply justification to the part of the text after the last tab. + </constant> + <constant name="BREAK_NONE" value="0" enum="LineBreakFlag"> + Do not break the line. + </constant> + <constant name="BREAK_MANDATORY" value="16" enum="LineBreakFlag"> + Break the line at the line mandatory break characters (e.g. [code]"\n"[/code]). + </constant> + <constant name="BREAK_WORD_BOUND" value="32" enum="LineBreakFlag"> + Break the line between the words. + </constant> + <constant name="BREAK_GRAPHEME_BOUND" value="64" enum="LineBreakFlag"> + Break the line between any unconnected graphemes. + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_RTL" value="2" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is part of right-to-left or bottom-to-top run. + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_VIRTUAL" value="4" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is not part of source text, it was added by justification process. + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_SPACE" value="8" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is whitespace. + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_BREAK_HARD" value="16" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is mandatory break point (e.g. [code]"\n"[/code]). + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_BREAK_SOFT" value="32" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is optional break point (e.g. space). + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_TAB" value="64" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is the tabulation character. + </constant> + <constant name="GRAPHEME_IS_ELONGATION" value="128" enum="GraphemeFlag"> + Grapheme is kashida. + </constant> + <constant name="HINTING_NONE" value="0" enum="Hinting"> + Disables font hinting (smoother but less crisp). + </constant> + <constant name="HINTING_LIGHT" value="1" enum="Hinting"> + Use the light font hinting mode. + </constant> + <constant name="HINTING_NORMAL" value="2" enum="Hinting"> + Use the default font hinting mode (crisper but less smooth). + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_BIDI_LAYOUT" value="1" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports bidirectional layouts. + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_VERTICAL_LAYOUT" value="2" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports vertical layouts. + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_SHAPING" value="4" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports complex text shaping. + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_KASHIDA_JUSTIFICATION" value="8" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports justification using kashidas. + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_BREAK_ITERATORS" value="16" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports complex line/word breaking rules (e.g. dictionary based). + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_FONT_SYSTEM" value="32" enum="Feature"> + TextServer supports loading system fonts. + </constant> + <constant name="FEATURE_USE_SUPPORT_DATA" value="128" enum="Feature"> + TextServer require external data file for some features. + </constant> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/TextServerManager.xml b/doc/classes/TextServerManager.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29586f30b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/classes/TextServerManager.xml @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> +<class name="TextServerManager" inherits="Object" version="4.0"> + <brief_description> + Manager for the font and complex text layout servers. + </brief_description> + <description> + [TextServerManager] is the API backend for loading, enumeration and switching [TextServer]s. + Note: Switching text server at runtime is possible, but will invalidate all fonts and text buffers. Make sure to unload all controls, fonts, and themes before doing so. + </description> + <tutorials> + </tutorials> + <methods> + <method name="find_interface" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="TextServer"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Finds an interface by its name. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_interface" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="TextServer"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the interface registered at a given index. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_interface_count" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the number of interfaces currently registered. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_interface_features" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns text server supported features (binary OR). + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_interface_name" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the interface name registered at a given index. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_interfaces" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <description> + Returns a list of available interfaces the index and name of each interface. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_primary_interface" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="TextServer"> + </return> + <description> + Returns the primary [TextServer] interface. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_primary_interface"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="index" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets (and initializes it if required) interface registered at a given index as the primary. Invalidates all references to the fonts and text buffers. + </description> + </method> + </methods> + <constants> + </constants> +</class> diff --git a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml index ff8b439a3d..2270b95c63 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Texture2D.xml @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ A texture works by registering an image in the video hardware, which then can be used in 3D models or 2D [Sprite2D] or GUI [Control]. Textures are often created by loading them from a file. See [method @GDScript.load]. [Texture2D] is a base for other resources. It cannot be used directly. + [b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics hardware limitations. Larger textures may fail to import. </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> diff --git a/doc/classes/Theme.xml b/doc/classes/Theme.xml index 2824159f0e..1af6610f6f 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Theme.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Theme.xml @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_constant"> @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_font"> @@ -45,10 +45,21 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="clear_font_size"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Clears the font size [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_icon"> @@ -56,10 +67,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="clear_stylebox"> @@ -67,10 +78,10 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="copy_default_theme"> @@ -94,19 +105,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_color_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [Color]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the [Color]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant" qualifiers="const"> @@ -114,19 +125,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_constant_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the constants as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each constant's name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the constants as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each constant's name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font" qualifiers="const"> @@ -134,19 +145,39 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_font_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns all the [Font]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_font_size_list" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="PackedStringArray"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [Font]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the font sizes as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each font size name, for use in [method get_font_size], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -154,19 +185,19 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the icon [Texture2D] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the icon [Texture2D] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_icon_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the icons as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Texture2D]'s name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the icons as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [Texture2D]'s name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> @@ -174,35 +205,35 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns the icon [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns the icon [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_stylebox_types" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> <description> - Returns all the [StyleBox] types as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s type, for use in [method get_stylebox] and/or [method get_stylebox_list], if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the [StyleBox] types as a [PackedStringArray] filled with each [StyleBox]'s type, for use in [method get_stylebox] and/or [method get_stylebox_list], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_type_list" qualifiers="const"> <return type="PackedStringArray"> </return> - <argument index="0" name="type" type="String"> + <argument index="0" name="node_type" type="String"> </argument> <description> - Returns all the types in [code]type[/code] as a [PackedStringArray] for use in any of the [code]get_*[/code] functions, if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + Returns all the types in [code]node_type[/code] as a [PackedStringArray] for use in any of the [code]get_*[/code] functions, if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_color" qualifiers="const"> @@ -210,11 +241,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_constant" qualifiers="const"> @@ -222,11 +253,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_font" qualifiers="const"> @@ -234,11 +265,23 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -246,11 +289,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture2D] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture2D] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_stylebox" qualifiers="const"> @@ -258,11 +301,11 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <description> - Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. - Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_color"> @@ -270,13 +313,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="color" type="Color"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_constant"> @@ -284,13 +327,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="constant" type="int"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_font"> @@ -298,13 +341,27 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="font" type="Font"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_font_size"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="font_size" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets the theme's font size to [code]font_size[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_icon"> @@ -312,13 +369,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="texture" type="Texture2D"> </argument> <description> - Sets the theme's icon [Texture2D] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Sets the theme's icon [Texture2D] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="set_stylebox"> @@ -326,13 +383,13 @@ </return> <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> </argument> - <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName"> + <argument index="1" name="node_type" type="StringName"> </argument> <argument index="2" name="texture" type="StyleBox"> </argument> <description> - Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]type[/code]. - Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code]. + Does nothing if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]. </description> </method> </methods> @@ -340,6 +397,9 @@ <member name="default_font" type="Font" setter="set_default_font" getter="get_default_font"> The theme's default font. </member> + <member name="default_font_size" type="int" setter="set_default_font_size" getter="get_default_font_size" default="-1"> + The theme's default font size. Set to [code]-1[/code] to ignore and use global default. + </member> </members> <constants> </constants> diff --git a/doc/classes/Tree.xml b/doc/classes/Tree.xml index 0b2fb80480..01818e2993 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Tree.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Tree.xml @@ -35,6 +35,15 @@ Clears the tree. This removes all items. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_column_title_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features from the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="create_item"> <return type="TreeItem"> </return> @@ -75,6 +84,35 @@ Returns the column's title. </description> </method> + <method name="get_column_title_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns column title base writing direction. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_column_title_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns column title language code. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_column_title_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] of the column title. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_column_width" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> @@ -106,14 +144,21 @@ <return type="TreeItem"> </return> <description> - Returns the currently edited item. This is only available for custom cell mode. + Returns the currently edited item. Can be used with [signal item_edited] to get the item that was modified. + [codeblock] + func _ready(): + $Tree.item_edited.connect(on_Tree_item_edited) + + func on_Tree_item_edited(): + print($Tree.get_edited()) # This item just got edited (e.g. checked). + [/codeblock] </description> </method> <method name="get_edited_column" qualifiers="const"> <return type="int"> </return> <description> - Returns the column for the currently edited item. This is only available for custom cell mode. + Returns the column for the currently edited item. </description> </method> <method name="get_item_area_rect" qualifiers="const"> @@ -218,6 +263,41 @@ Sets the title of a column. </description> </method> + <method name="set_column_title_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets column title base writing direction. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_column_title_language"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets language code of column title used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_column_title_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] for the column title. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_column_titles_visible"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -391,7 +471,10 @@ The arrow icon used when a foldable item is not collapsed. </theme_item> <theme_item name="arrow_collapsed" type="Texture2D"> - The arrow icon used when a foldable item is collapsed. + The arrow icon used when a foldable item is collapsed (for left-to-right layouts). + </theme_item> + <theme_item name="arrow_collapsed_mirrored" type="Texture2D"> + The arrow icon used when a foldable item is collapsed (for right-to-left layouts). </theme_item> <theme_item name="bg" type="StyleBox"> Default [StyleBox] for the [Tree], i.e. used when the control is not being focused. @@ -444,6 +527,9 @@ <theme_item name="font_color_selected" type="Color" default="Color( 1, 1, 1, 1 )"> Text [Color] used when the item is selected. </theme_item> + <theme_item name="font_size" type="int"> + Font size of the item's text. + </theme_item> <theme_item name="guide_color" type="Color" default="Color( 0, 0, 0, 0.1 )"> [Color] of the guideline. </theme_item> diff --git a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml index 22e643a51d..e97c1e580c 100644 --- a/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml +++ b/doc/classes/TreeItem.xml @@ -54,6 +54,15 @@ Resets the color for the given column to default. </description> </method> + <method name="clear_opentype_features"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Removes all OpenType features. + </description> + </method> <method name="deselect"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -184,6 +193,15 @@ Returns the icon [Texture2D] region as [Rect2]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_language" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="String"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text language code. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_metadata" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Variant"> </return> @@ -209,6 +227,17 @@ If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]. </description> </method> + <method name="get_opentype_feature" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] of the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_parent"> <return type="TreeItem"> </return> @@ -249,6 +278,22 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_structured_text_bidi_override" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_structured_text_bidi_override_options" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="Array"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="get_suffix" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -275,6 +320,15 @@ Returns the given column's text alignment. </description> </method> + <method name="get_text_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Returns item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_tooltip" qualifiers="const"> <return type="String"> </return> @@ -533,6 +587,17 @@ Sets the given column's icon's texture region. </description> </method> + <method name="set_language"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="language" type="String"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets language code of item's text used for line-breaking and text shaping algorithms, if left empty current locale is used instead. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_metadata"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -543,6 +608,19 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_opentype_feature"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="tag" type="String"> + </argument> + <argument index="2" name="value" type="int"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets OpenType feature [code]tag[/code] for the item's text. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_range"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -580,6 +658,26 @@ If [code]true[/code], the given column is selectable. </description> </method> + <method name="set_structured_text_bidi_override"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="parser" type="int" enum="Control.StructuredTextParser"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> + <method name="set_structured_text_bidi_override_options"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="args" type="Array"> + </argument> + <description> + </description> + </method> <method name="set_suffix"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -611,6 +709,17 @@ Sets the given column's text alignment. See [enum TextAlign] for possible values. </description> </method> + <method name="set_text_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="column" type="int"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="direction" type="int" enum="Control.TextDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets item's text base writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="set_tooltip"> <return type="void"> </return> diff --git a/doc/classes/Window.xml b/doc/classes/Window.xml index a0711b4214..0f887c7705 100644 --- a/doc/classes/Window.xml +++ b/doc/classes/Window.xml @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="get_layout_direction" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int" enum="Window.LayoutDirection"> + </return> + <description> + Returns layout direction and text writing direction. + </description> + </method> <method name="get_real_size" qualifiers="const"> <return type="Vector2i"> </return> @@ -61,6 +68,18 @@ <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> + Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="get_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="int"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Returns the font size at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="get_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -123,6 +142,20 @@ <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> </argument> <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. + </description> + </method> + <method name="has_theme_font_size" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="name" type="StringName"> + </argument> + <argument index="1" name="type" type="StringName" default=""""> + </argument> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if font size with [code]name[/code] is in [code]type[/code]. + Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]type[/code]. </description> </method> <method name="has_theme_icon" qualifiers="const"> @@ -157,6 +190,13 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="is_layout_rtl" qualifiers="const"> + <return type="bool"> + </return> + <description> + Returns [code]true[/code] if layout is right-to-left. + </description> + </method> <method name="is_maximize_allowed" qualifiers="const"> <return type="bool"> </return> @@ -249,6 +289,15 @@ <description> </description> </method> + <method name="set_layout_direction"> + <return type="void"> + </return> + <argument index="0" name="direction" type="int" enum="Window.LayoutDirection"> + </argument> + <description> + Sets layout direction and text writing direction. Right-to-left layouts are necessary for certain languages (e.g. Arabic and Hebrew). + </description> + </method> <method name="set_use_font_oversampling"> <return type="void"> </return> @@ -393,6 +442,18 @@ </constant> <constant name="CONTENT_SCALE_ASPECT_EXPAND" value="4" enum="ContentScaleAspect"> </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_INHERITED" value="0" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Automatic layout direction, determined from the parent control layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_LOCALE" value="1" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Automatic layout direction, determined from the current locale. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_LTR" value="2" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Left-to-right layout direction. + </constant> + <constant name="LAYOUT_DIRECTION_RTL" value="3" enum="LayoutDirection"> + Right-to-left layout direction. + </constant> </constants> <theme_items> <theme_item name="close" type="Texture2D"> diff --git a/doc/classes/World2D.xml b/doc/classes/World2D.xml index b0bfd7f418..25033cdb09 100644 --- a/doc/classes/World2D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/World2D.xml @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The [RID] of this world's canvas resource. Used by the [RenderingServer] for 2D drawing. </member> <member name="direct_space_state" type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState2D" setter="" getter="get_direct_space_state"> - Direct access to the world's physics 2D space state. Used for querying current and potential collisions. Must only be accessed from the main thread within [code]_physics_process(delta)[/code]. + Direct access to the world's physics 2D space state. Used for querying current and potential collisions. When using multi-threaded physics, access is limited to [code]_physics_process(delta)[/code] in the main thread. </member> <member name="space" type="RID" setter="" getter="get_space"> The [RID] of this world's physics space resource. Used by the [PhysicsServer2D] for 2D physics, treating it as both a space and an area. diff --git a/doc/classes/World3D.xml b/doc/classes/World3D.xml index d804485d4e..fe92077432 100644 --- a/doc/classes/World3D.xml +++ b/doc/classes/World3D.xml @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ <member name="camera_effects" type="CameraEffects" setter="set_camera_effects" getter="get_camera_effects"> </member> <member name="direct_space_state" type="PhysicsDirectSpaceState3D" setter="" getter="get_direct_space_state"> - Direct access to the world's physics 3D space state. Used for querying current and potential collisions. Must only be accessed from within [code]_physics_process(delta)[/code]. + Direct access to the world's physics 3D space state. Used for querying current and potential collisions. </member> <member name="environment" type="Environment" setter="set_environment" getter="get_environment"> The World3D's [Environment]. diff --git a/doc/classes/int.xml b/doc/classes/int.xml index 5ac9f8405a..b0d0a4bd7b 100644 --- a/doc/classes/int.xml +++ b/doc/classes/int.xml @@ -7,18 +7,34 @@ Signed 64-bit integer type. It can take values in the interval [code][-2^63, 2^63 - 1][/code], i.e. [code][-9223372036854775808, 9223372036854775807][/code]. Exceeding those bounds will wrap around. [int] is a [Variant] type, and will thus be used when assigning an integer value to a [Variant]. It can also be enforced with the [code]: int[/code] type hint. - [codeblock] + [codeblocks] + [gdscript] var my_variant = 0 # int, value 0. my_variant += 4.2 # float, value 4.2. var my_int: int = 1 # int, value 1. my_int = 4.2 # int, value 4, the right value is implicitly cast to int. my_int = int("6.7") # int, value 6, the String is explicitly cast with int. - var max_int = 9223372036854775807 print(max_int) # 9223372036854775807, OK. max_int += 1 print(max_int) # -9223372036854775808, we overflowed and wrapped around. - [/codeblock] + [/gdscript] + [csharp] + int myInt = (int)"6.7".ToFloat(); // int, value 6, the String is explicitly cast with int. + // We have to use `long` here, because GDSript's `int` + // is 64 bits long while C#'s `int` is only 32 bits. + long maxInt = 9223372036854775807; + GD.Print(maxInt); // 9223372036854775807, OK. + maxInt++; + GD.Print(maxInt); // -9223372036854775808, we overflowed and wrapped around. + + // Alternatively, if we used C#'s 32-bit `int` type, the maximum value is much smaller: + int halfInt = 2147483647; + GD.Print(halfInt); // 2147483647, OK. + halfInt++; + GD.Print(halfInt); // -2147483648, we overflowed and wrapped around. + [/csharp] + [/codeblocks] </description> <tutorials> </tutorials> |